[PATCH 13/20] app: curses: add pdcurses
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD
plagnioj at jcrosoft.com
Wed Mar 6 04:29:42 EST 2013
backend inspided by coreboot core but with ansi support
Signed-off-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj at jcrosoft.com>
---
apps/lib/curses/Kconfig | 7 +
apps/lib/curses/Makefile | 1 +
apps/lib/curses/Makefile.include | 1 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile | 89 ++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile.include | 1 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/Makefile | 6 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/barebox.h | 21 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/config.h | 136 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcdisp.c | 107 ++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcgetsc.c | 47 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdckbd.c | 161 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcscrn.c | 162 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcsetsc.c | 35 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcutil.c | 26 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/curses.h | 1378 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/panel.h | 58 ++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/Makefile | 39 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/README | 25 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addch.c | 408 ++++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addchstr.c | 242 +++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addstr.c | 237 +++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/attr.c | 349 +++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/beep.c | 65 ++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/bkgd.c | 220 ++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/border.c | 408 ++++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/clear.c | 154 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/color.c | 295 ++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/curspriv.h | 146 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/debug.c | 81 ++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/delch.c | 93 ++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/deleteln.c | 208 ++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/deprec.c | 29 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getch.c | 410 ++++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getstr.c | 471 +++++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getyx.c | 143 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inch.c | 125 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inchstr.c | 211 ++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/initscr.c | 339 +++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inopts.c | 321 ++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/insch.c | 268 +++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/insstr.c | 261 +++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/instr.c | 243 +++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/kernel.c | 256 +++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/keyname.c | 125 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/mouse.c | 429 ++++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/move.c | 54 +
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/outopts.c | 156 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/overlay.c | 256 +++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/pad.c | 259 +++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/panel.c | 630 ++++++++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/printw.c | 123 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/refresh.c | 276 ++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scanw.c | 575 +++++++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scr_dump.c | 210 ++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scroll.c | 98 ++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/slk.c | 643 ++++++++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/term.h | 57 ++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/termattr.c | 176 ++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/terminfo.c | 215 ++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/touch.c | 160 +++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/util.c | 309 ++++++
apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/window.c | 562 +++++++++++
62 files changed, 13596 insertions(+)
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile.include
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/Makefile
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/barebox.h
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/config.h
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcdisp.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcgetsc.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdckbd.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcscrn.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcsetsc.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcutil.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/curses.h
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/panel.h
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/Makefile
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/README
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addch.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addchstr.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addstr.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/attr.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/beep.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/bkgd.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/border.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/clear.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/color.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/curspriv.h
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/debug.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/delch.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/deleteln.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/deprec.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getch.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getstr.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getyx.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inch.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inchstr.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/initscr.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inopts.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/insch.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/insstr.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/instr.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/kernel.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/keyname.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/mouse.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/move.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/outopts.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/overlay.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/pad.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/panel.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/printw.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/refresh.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scanw.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scr_dump.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scroll.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/slk.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/term.h
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/termattr.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/terminfo.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/touch.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/util.c
create mode 100644 apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/window.c
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/Kconfig b/apps/lib/curses/Kconfig
index c6bc573..7852afb 100644
--- a/apps/lib/curses/Kconfig
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/Kconfig
@@ -6,9 +6,16 @@ if APP_LIB_CURSES
choice
prompt "curses implementation"
+config APP_LIB_PDCURSES
+ bool "pdcurses"
+
config APP_LIB_TINYCURSES
bool "tiny"
endchoice
+config APP_LIB_PANEL
+ bool "panel"
+ depends on APP_LIB_PDCURSES
+
endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/Makefile b/apps/lib/curses/Makefile
index aeebdd5..ca094a0 100644
--- a/apps/lib/curses/Makefile
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/Makefile
@@ -1 +1,2 @@
obj-$(CONFIG_APP_LIB_TINYCURSES) += tinycurses/
+obj-$(CONFIG_APP_LIB_PDCURSES) += pdcurses/
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/Makefile.include b/apps/lib/curses/Makefile.include
index 8cf9d52..a694fe1 100644
--- a/apps/lib/curses/Makefile.include
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/Makefile.include
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+inc-$(CONFIG_APP_LIB_PDCURSES) += $(srctree)/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile.include
inc-$(CONFIG_APP_LIB_TINYCURSES) += $(srctree)/apps/lib/curses/tinycurses/Makefile.include
include $(inc-y)
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3707947
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+#ifeq (y,y)
+#INCLUDES += -D_LP64=0 -Icurses/PDCurses-3.4 -Icurses/pdcurses-backend -Icurses/menu -Icurses/form
+#endif
+
+
+obj-y += pdcurses/
+obj-y += backend/
+
+includes-y += pdcurses-backend/nc_alloc.h
+includes-y += pdcurses-backend/ncurses_cfg.h
+includes-y += PDCurses-3.4/curses.h
+includes-y += PDCurses-3.4/term.h
+includes-y += PDCurses-3.4/panel.h
+includes-y += menu/eti.h
+includes-y += menu/menu.h
+includes-y += menu/mf_common.h
+includes-y += form/form.h
+
+libpanel-y += PDCurses-3.4/pdcurses/panel.o
+
+libmenu-y += menu/m_req_name.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_item_nam.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_pad.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_cursor.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_item_new.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_attribs.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_item_opt.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_format.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_post.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_userptr.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_item_cur.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_driver.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_sub.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_win.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_global.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_item_vis.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_new.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_scale.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_spacing.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_opts.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_pattern.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_item_val.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_hook.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_item_use.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_items.o
+libmenu-y += menu/m_item_top.o
+libform-y += form/frm_page.o
+libform-y += form/frm_opts.o
+libform-y += form/frm_def.o
+libform-y += form/frm_req_name.o
+libform-y += form/fty_alpha.o
+libform-y += form/frm_driver.o
+libform-y += form/fld_user.o
+libform-y += form/frm_win.o
+libform-y += form/fld_newftyp.o
+#libform-y += form/fty_regex.o
+libform-y += form/fld_stat.o
+libform-y += form/fld_pad.o
+libform-y += form/fld_current.o
+libform-y += form/frm_post.o
+#libform-y += form/f_trace.o
+libform-y += form/fty_generic.o
+libform-y += form/fld_page.o
+libform-y += form/frm_hook.o
+libform-y += form/frm_scale.o
+libform-y += form/fty_int.o
+libform-y += form/fty_alnum.o
+libform-y += form/frm_cursor.o
+#libform-y += form/fty_ipv4.o
+libform-y += form/fld_link.o
+libform-y += form/fld_arg.o
+libform-y += form/fld_move.o
+libform-y += form/fld_def.o
+libform-y += form/fld_type.o
+libform-y += form/fld_max.o
+libform-y += form/fld_ftlink.o
+libform-y += form/fld_ftchoice.o
+libform-y += form/fld_info.o
+libform-y += form/frm_user.o
+#libform-y += form/fty_num.o
+libform-y += form/frm_sub.o
+libform-y += form/fty_enum.o
+libform-y += form/frm_data.o
+libform-y += form/fld_opts.o
+libform-y += form/fld_attr.o
+libform-y += form/fld_dup.o
+libform-y += form/fld_just.o
+
+app-y += $(curses-y)
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile.include b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile.include
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..822f12f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/Makefile.include
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+APP_CPPFLAGS-y += -I$(srctree)/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/ -D_LP64=0
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/Makefile b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf6eb3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+app-y += pdcdisp.o
+app-y += pdcgetsc.o
+app-y += pdckbd.o
+app-y += pdcscrn.o
+app-y += pdcsetsc.o
+app-y += pdcutil.o
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/barebox.h b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/barebox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a16c7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/barebox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnio at jcrosoft.com>
+ *
+ * Under BSD
+ */
+
+#include <curses.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "../pdcurses/curspriv.h"
+
+extern unsigned char *pdc_atrtab;
+extern short curstoreal[16], realtocurs[16];
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+#define debug(fmt, arg...) printf(fmt, ## arg)
+#else
+#define debug(fmt, arg...)
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/config.h b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e08c710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* config.h. Generated from config.h.in by configure. */
+/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
+
+#define PDC_RGB
+
+/* Define if you have the <DECkeySym.h> header file */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECKEYSYM_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DLFCN_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dl.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DL_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_FCNTL_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `poll' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_POLL */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <Sunkeysym.h> header file */
+/* #undef HAVE_SUNKEYSYM_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/select.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
+#define HAVE_USLEEP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
+#define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsscanf' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_VSSCANF */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_BEGIN */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_DELETE */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_DOWN */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_END */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_HOME */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_INSERT */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_LEFT */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_NEXT */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_PRIOR */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_RIGHT */
+
+/* Define if you have this defined in <keysym.h> */
+/* #undef HAVE_XK_KP_UP */
+
+/* Define if you have the <xpm.h> header file */
+/* #undef HAVE_XPM_H */
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "barebox@@lists.infradead.org"
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "PDCurses"
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "PDCurses 3.4"
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "PDCurses"
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "3.4"
+
+/* Define as the system defined limit for number of signals */
+#define PDC_MAX_SIGNALS NSIG
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
+#define RETSIGTYPE void
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
+//#define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1
+
+/* Define if you want to use neXtaw library */
+/* #undef USE_NEXTAW */
+
+/* Define if you want to use Xaw3d library */
+/* #undef USE_XAW3D */
+
+/* Define XPointer is typedefed in X11/Xlib.h */
+/* #undef XPOINTER_TYPEDEFED */
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcdisp.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcdisp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d629d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcdisp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnio at jcrosoft.com>
+ *
+ * Under BSD
+ */
+
+#include "barebox.h"
+#include <utils/ansi.h>
+
+chtype acs_map[128] =
+ {
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', '>', '<', '^', 'v', ' ',
+ '#', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+ '+', ':', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', '\\', '#',
+ '#', '#', '+', '+', '+', '+', '+', '~',
+ '-', '-', '-', '_', '+', '+', '+', '+',
+ '|', '<', '>', '*', '!', 'f', 'o', ' ',
+ };
+
+/* position hardware cursor at (y, x) */
+void PDC_gotoyx(int row, int col)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_gotoyx() - called: row %d col %d\n", row, col));
+
+ ansi_set_cursor(row, col);
+}
+
+struct ansi_set {
+ bool is_bold;
+ bool is_blink;
+ short cur_pair;
+};
+
+static void set_attr(chtype attr, struct ansi_set *s)
+{
+ short fg;
+ short bg;
+ short cur_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(attr);
+ bool is_bold = attr & A_BOLD;
+ bool is_reverse = FALSE;
+ bool is_blink = attr & A_BLINK;
+
+ if (s->cur_pair != cur_pair) {
+ PDC_pair_content(cur_pair, &fg, &bg );
+ ansi_set_color(fg + 30, bg + 40);
+ s->cur_pair = cur_pair;
+ }
+
+ /* Reverse flag = highlighted selection XOR A_REVERSE set */
+ is_reverse ^= !!(attr & A_REVERSE);
+
+ if (s->is_bold != is_bold) {
+ ansi_bold(is_bold);
+ s->is_bold = is_bold;
+ }
+
+ if (s->is_blink != is_blink) {
+ ansi_blink(is_blink);
+ s->is_blink = is_blink;
+ }
+
+ /* always set it ansi issue with bold */
+ ansi_reverse(is_reverse);
+}
+/* update the given physical line to look like the corresponding line in
+ curscr */
+
+void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp)
+{
+ int j, ch;
+ chtype attr = srcp[0] & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+ chtype prev_attr = attr;
+ struct ansi_set s;
+
+ /* ensure different */
+ s.cur_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(attr) + 1;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_transform_line() - called: line %d, len %d\n", lineno, len));
+
+ ansi_set_cursor(lineno, x);
+ set_attr(attr, &s);
+
+ for (j = 0; j < len; j++) {
+ ch = srcp[j];
+ attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+
+ if (attr != prev_attr) {
+ set_attr(attr, &s);
+ prev_attr = attr;
+ }
+
+ if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
+ ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
+
+ putchar(ch & A_CHARTEXT);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcgetsc.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcgetsc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e09a268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcgetsc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnio at jcrosoft.com>
+ *
+ * Under BSD
+ */
+
+#include "barebox.h"
+#include <utils/termcap.h>
+
+/* return width of screen/viewport */
+int PDC_get_columns(void)
+{
+ int cols = 80;
+ int rows;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - called\n"));
+
+ term_get_size(&rows, &cols);
+
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - returned: cols %d\n", cols));
+
+ return cols;
+}
+
+/* get the cursor size/shape */
+int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_cursor_mode() - called\n"));
+
+ /* only have one cursor type */
+ return SP->visibility;
+}
+
+/* return number of screen rows */
+int PDC_get_rows(void)
+{
+ int cols;
+ int rows = 25;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - called\n"));
+
+ term_get_size(&rows, &cols);
+
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - returned: rows %d\n", rows));
+
+ return rows;
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdckbd.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdckbd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9030a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdckbd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnio at jcrosoft.com>
+ *
+ * Under BSD
+ */
+
+#include "barebox.h"
+#include <utils/getchar.h>
+
+unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers = 0L;
+
+static struct {
+ const char *seq;
+ int val;
+} escape_codes[] = {
+ { "OA", KEY_UP },
+ { "OB", KEY_DOWN },
+ { "OC", KEY_RIGHT },
+ { "OD", KEY_LEFT },
+ { "[A", KEY_UP },
+ { "[B", KEY_DOWN },
+ { "[C", KEY_RIGHT },
+ { "[D", KEY_LEFT },
+ { "[F", KEY_END },
+ { "[H", KEY_HOME },
+ { "[1~", KEY_HOME },
+ { "[2~", KEY_IC },
+ { "[3~", KEY_DC },
+ { "[5~", KEY_PPAGE },
+ { "[6~", KEY_NPAGE },
+ { "OP", KEY_F(1) },
+ { "OQ", KEY_F(2) },
+ { "OR", KEY_F(3) },
+ { "OS", KEY_F(4) },
+ { "[15~", KEY_F(5) },
+ { "[17~", KEY_F(6) },
+ { "[18~", KEY_F(7) },
+ { "[19~", KEY_F(8) },
+ { "[20~", KEY_F(9) },
+ { "[21~", KEY_F(10) },
+ { "[23~", KEY_F(11) },
+ { "[24~", KEY_F(12) },
+ { NULL },
+};
+
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(arr) (sizeof(arr) / sizeof((arr)[0]))
+
+static int read_escape(void)
+{
+ char buf[6];
+ int i = 0;
+
+ buf[i++] = getchar_timeout(10);
+ buf[i++] = getchar_timeout(10);
+
+ if (isdigit(buf[1])) {
+ for (; i < ARRAY_SIZE(buf); i++) {
+ buf[i] = getchar_timeout(10);
+ if (buf[i] < 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (i == ARRAY_SIZE(buf))
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ buf[i] = 0;
+ debug("buf = ");
+ for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(buf); i++)
+ debug("%02x", buf[i]);
+ debug("\n");
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(escape_codes); i++) {
+ if (!strcmp(buf, escape_codes[i].seq)) {
+ debug("found 0x%x\n", escape_codes[i].val);
+ return escape_codes[i].val;
+ }
+ }
+
+err:
+ debug("buf = ");
+ for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(buf); i++)
+ debug("%02x ", buf[i]);
+ debug("\n");
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int readkey(void)
+{
+ int ch = getchar();
+
+ debug("buf = %x\n", ch);
+ switch(ch) {
+ case '\r':
+ return KEY_ENTER;
+ case '\n':
+ return KEY_ENTER;
+ case 8:
+ return KEY_BACKSPACE;
+ case 27:
+ return read_escape();
+
+ default:
+ return ch;
+ }
+}
+
+void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_keyboard_binary() - called\n"));
+}
+
+/* check if a key event is waiting */
+
+bool PDC_check_key(void)
+{
+ if (tstc())
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* return the next available key event */
+
+int PDC_get_key(void)
+{
+ int c = 0;
+
+ if (tstc())
+ c = readkey();
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ c = ERR;
+
+ SP->key_code = c >= KEY_MIN;
+
+ debug("key buf = 0x%x\n", c);
+
+ return c;
+}
+
+/* discard any pending keyboard input -- this is the core
+ routine for flushinp() */
+
+void PDC_flushinp(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_flushinp() - called\n"));
+
+ while (PDC_check_key()) PDC_get_key();
+}
+
+int PDC_mouse_set(void)
+{
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int PDC_modifiers_set(void)
+{
+ return OK;
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcscrn.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcscrn.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..904d573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcscrn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnio at jcrosoft.com>
+ *
+ * Under BSD
+ */
+
+#include <utils/termcap.h>
+#include <utils/ansi.h>
+#include "barebox.h"
+
+#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
+# define PDC_OFFSET 32
+#else
+# define PDC_OFFSET 8
+#endif
+
+/* COLOR_PAIR to attribute encoding table. */
+
+unsigned char *pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+
+short curstoreal[16], realtocurs[16] =
+{
+ COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_RED,
+ COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK + 8,
+ COLOR_BLUE + 8, COLOR_GREEN + 8, COLOR_CYAN + 8, COLOR_RED + 8,
+ COLOR_MAGENTA + 8, COLOR_YELLOW + 8, COLOR_WHITE + 8
+};
+
+/* close the physical screen -- may restore the screen to its state
+ before PDC_scr_open(); miscellaneous cleanup */
+
+void PDC_scr_close(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_close() - called\n"));
+
+ reset_shell_mode();
+
+ if (SP->visibility != 1)
+ curs_set(1);
+
+ ansi_set_cursor(0, 0);
+ ansi_set_color(39, 49);
+ ansi_clear();
+}
+
+void PDC_scr_free(void)
+{
+ free(SP);
+ free(pdc_atrtab);
+ pdc_atrtab = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* open the physical screen -- allocate SP, miscellaneous intialization,
+ and may save the existing screen for later restoration */
+
+int PDC_scr_open(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int i;
+ int cols = 80;
+ int rows = 25;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - called\n"));
+
+
+ SP = calloc(1, sizeof(SCREEN));
+ pdc_atrtab = calloc(PDC_COLOR_PAIRS * PDC_OFFSET, 1);
+
+ if (!SP || !pdc_atrtab)
+ return ERR;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+ curstoreal[realtocurs[i]] = i;
+
+ SP->orig_attr = FALSE;
+
+ term_get_size(&rows, &cols);
+ SP->lines = rows;
+ SP->cols = cols;
+
+ ansi_clear();
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+/* the core of resize_term() */
+
+int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_resize_screen() - called. Lines: %d Cols: %d\n",
+ nlines, ncols));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_prog_mode() - called.\n"));
+}
+
+void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_shell_mode() - called.\n"));
+}
+
+void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i)
+{
+}
+
+void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i)
+{
+}
+
+void PDC_init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg)
+{
+ unsigned char att, temp_bg;
+ chtype i;
+
+ fg = curstoreal[fg];
+ bg = curstoreal[bg];
+
+ for (i = 0; i < PDC_OFFSET; i++) {
+ att = fg | (bg << 4);
+
+ if (i & (A_REVERSE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
+ att = bg | (fg << 4);
+ if (i & (A_UNDERLINE >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
+ att = 1;
+ if (i & (A_INVIS >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT)) {
+ temp_bg = att >> 4;
+ att = temp_bg << 4 | temp_bg;
+ }
+ if (i & (A_BOLD >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
+ att |= 8;
+ if (i & (A_BLINK >> PDC_ATTR_SHIFT))
+ att |= 128;
+
+ pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET + i] = att;
+ }
+}
+
+int PDC_pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg)
+{
+ *fg = realtocurs[pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0x0F];
+ *bg = realtocurs[(pdc_atrtab[pair * PDC_OFFSET] & 0xF0) >> 4];
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+bool PDC_can_change_color(void)
+{
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
+{
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
+{
+ return ERR;
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcsetsc.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcsetsc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79db8fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcsetsc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnio at jcrosoft.com>
+ *
+ * Under BSD
+ */
+
+#include <utils/ansi.h>
+#include "barebox.h"
+
+int PDC_curs_set(int visibility)
+{
+ int ret_vis;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
+
+ ret_vis = SP->visibility;
+ SP->visibility = visibility;
+
+ ansi_cursor_enable(visibility);
+
+ return ret_vis;
+}
+
+int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon)
+{
+ if (pdc_color_started)
+ COLORS = 16;
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+void PDC_set_title(const char *title)
+{
+ printf("\033]0;%s", title);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcutil.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d171c01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/backend/pdcutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnio at jcrosoft.com>
+ *
+ * Under BSD
+ */
+
+#include "barebox.h"
+
+void PDC_beep(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_beep() - called\n"));
+
+ printf("\a");
+}
+
+void PDC_napms(int ms)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
+
+ usleep(ms * 1000);
+}
+
+const char *PDC_sysname(void)
+{
+ return "barebox";
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/curses.h b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/curses.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..234c5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/curses.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1378 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+/* $Id: curses.h,v 1.295 2008/07/15 17:13:25 wmcbrine Exp $ */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * PDCurses *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef __PDCURSES__
+#define __PDCURSES__ 1
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+PDCurses definitions list: (Only define those needed)
+
+ XCURSES True if compiling for X11.
+ PDC_RGB True if you want to use RGB color definitions
+ (Red = 1, Green = 2, Blue = 4) instead of BGR.
+ PDC_WIDE True if building wide-character support.
+ PDC_DLL_BUILD True if building a Win32 DLL.
+ NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION Use the ncurses mouse API instead
+ of PDCurses' traditional mouse API.
+
+PDCurses portable platform definitions list:
+
+ PDC_BUILD Defines API build version.
+ PDCURSES Enables access to PDCurses-only routines.
+ XOPEN Always true.
+ SYSVcurses True if you are compiling for SYSV portability.
+ BSDcurses True if you are compiling for BSD portability.
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#define PDC_BUILD 3401
+#define PDCURSES 1 /* PDCurses-only routines */
+#define XOPEN 1 /* X/Open Curses routines */
+#define SYSVcurses 1 /* System V Curses routines */
+#define BSDcurses 1 /* BSD Curses routines */
+#define CHTYPE_LONG 1 /* size of chtype; long */
+#define PDC_RGB /* RGB mode ansi terminal */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h> /* Required by X/Open usage below */
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
+extern "C"
+{
+# define bool _bool
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * PDCurses Manifest Constants
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+# define FALSE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef TRUE
+# define TRUE 1
+#endif
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL (void *)0
+#endif
+#ifndef ERR
+# define ERR (-1)
+#endif
+#ifndef OK
+# define OK 0
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * PDCurses Type Declarations
+ *
+ */
+
+//typedef unsigned char bool; /* PDCurses Boolean type */
+
+#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
+# if _LP64
+typedef unsigned int chtype;
+# else
+typedef unsigned long chtype; /* 16-bit attr + 16-bit char */
+# endif
+#else
+typedef unsigned short chtype; /* 8-bit attr + 8-bit char */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+typedef chtype cchar_t;
+#endif
+
+typedef chtype attr_t;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * PDCurses Mouse Interface -- SYSVR4, with extensions
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int x; /* absolute column, 0 based, measured in characters */
+ int y; /* absolute row, 0 based, measured in characters */
+ short button[3]; /* state of each button */
+ int changes; /* flags indicating what has changed with the mouse */
+} MOUSE_STATUS;
+
+#define BUTTON_RELEASED 0x0000
+#define BUTTON_PRESSED 0x0001
+#define BUTTON_CLICKED 0x0002
+#define BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x0003
+#define BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x0004
+#define BUTTON_MOVED 0x0005 /* PDCurses */
+#define WHEEL_SCROLLED 0x0006 /* PDCurses */
+#define BUTTON_ACTION_MASK 0x0007 /* PDCurses */
+
+#define PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT 0x0008 /* PDCurses */
+#define PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL 0x0010 /* PDCurses */
+#define PDC_BUTTON_ALT 0x0020 /* PDCurses */
+#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK 0x0038 /* PDCurses */
+
+#define MOUSE_X_POS (Mouse_status.x)
+#define MOUSE_Y_POS (Mouse_status.y)
+
+/*
+ * Bits associated with the .changes field:
+ * 3 2 1 0
+ * 210987654321098765432109876543210
+ * 1 <- button 1 has changed
+ * 10 <- button 2 has changed
+ * 100 <- button 3 has changed
+ * 1000 <- mouse has moved
+ * 10000 <- mouse position report
+ * 100000 <- mouse wheel up
+ * 1000000 <- mouse wheel down
+ */
+
+#define PDC_MOUSE_MOVED 0x0008
+#define PDC_MOUSE_POSITION 0x0010
+#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP 0x0020
+#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN 0x0040
+
+#define A_BUTTON_CHANGED (Mouse_status.changes & 7)
+#define MOUSE_MOVED (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED)
+#define MOUSE_POS_REPORT (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_POSITION)
+#define BUTTON_CHANGED(x) (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << ((x) - 1)))
+#define BUTTON_STATUS(x) (Mouse_status.button[(x) - 1])
+#define MOUSE_WHEEL_UP (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP)
+#define MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN)
+
+/* mouse bit-masks */
+
+#define BUTTON1_RELEASED 0x00000001L
+#define BUTTON1_PRESSED 0x00000002L
+#define BUTTON1_CLICKED 0x00000004L
+#define BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00000008L
+#define BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00000010L
+#define BUTTON1_MOVED 0x00000010L /* PDCurses */
+
+#define BUTTON2_RELEASED 0x00000020L
+#define BUTTON2_PRESSED 0x00000040L
+#define BUTTON2_CLICKED 0x00000080L
+#define BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00000100L
+#define BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00000200L
+#define BUTTON2_MOVED 0x00000200L /* PDCurses */
+
+#define BUTTON3_RELEASED 0x00000400L
+#define BUTTON3_PRESSED 0x00000800L
+#define BUTTON3_CLICKED 0x00001000L
+#define BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00002000L
+#define BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00004000L
+#define BUTTON3_MOVED 0x00004000L /* PDCurses */
+
+/* For the ncurses-compatible functions only, BUTTON4_PRESSED and
+ BUTTON5_PRESSED are returned for mouse scroll wheel up and down;
+ otherwise PDCurses doesn't support buttons 4 and 5 */
+
+#define BUTTON4_RELEASED 0x00008000L
+#define BUTTON4_PRESSED 0x00010000L
+#define BUTTON4_CLICKED 0x00020000L
+#define BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00040000L
+#define BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x00080000L
+
+#define BUTTON5_RELEASED 0x00100000L
+#define BUTTON5_PRESSED 0x00200000L
+#define BUTTON5_CLICKED 0x00400000L
+#define BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED 0x00800000L
+#define BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED 0x01000000L
+
+#define MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL 0x02000000L /* PDCurses */
+#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT 0x04000000L /* PDCurses */
+#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL 0x08000000L /* PDCurses */
+#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT 0x10000000L /* PDCurses */
+
+#define ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS 0x1fffffffL
+#define REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION 0x20000000L
+
+/* ncurses mouse interface */
+
+typedef unsigned long mmask_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ short id; /* unused, always 0 */
+ int x, y, z; /* x, y same as MOUSE_STATUS; z unused */
+ mmask_t bstate; /* equivalent to changes + button[], but
+ in the same format as used for mousemask() */
+} MEVENT;
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+# define BUTTON_SHIFT BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT
+# define BUTTON_CONTROL BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL
+# define BUTTON_CTRL BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL
+# define BUTTON_ALT BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT
+#else
+# define BUTTON_SHIFT PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT
+# define BUTTON_CONTROL PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL
+# define BUTTON_ALT PDC_BUTTON_ALT
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * PDCurses Structure Definitions
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct _win /* definition of a window */
+{
+ int _cury; /* current pseudo-cursor */
+ int _curx;
+ int _maxy; /* max window coordinates */
+ int _maxx;
+ int _begy; /* origin on screen */
+ int _begx;
+ int _flags; /* window properties */
+ chtype _attrs; /* standard attributes and colors */
+ chtype _bkgd; /* background, normally blank */
+ bool _clear; /* causes clear at next refresh */
+ bool _leaveit; /* leaves cursor where it is */
+ bool _scroll; /* allows window scrolling */
+ bool _nodelay; /* input character wait flag */
+ bool _immed; /* immediate update flag */
+ bool _sync; /* synchronise window ancestors */
+ bool _use_keypad; /* flags keypad key mode active */
+ chtype **_y; /* pointer to line pointer array */
+ int *_firstch; /* first changed character in line */
+ int *_lastch; /* last changed character in line */
+ int _tmarg; /* top of scrolling region */
+ int _bmarg; /* bottom of scrolling region */
+ int _delayms; /* milliseconds of delay for getch() */
+ int _parx, _pary; /* coords relative to parent (0,0) */
+ struct _win *_parent; /* subwin's pointer to parent win */
+} WINDOW;
+
+/* Avoid using the SCREEN struct directly -- use the corresponding
+ functions if possible. This struct may eventually be made private. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ bool alive; /* if initscr() called, and not endwin() */
+ bool autocr; /* if cr -> lf */
+ bool cbreak; /* if terminal unbuffered */
+ bool echo; /* if terminal echo */
+ bool raw_inp; /* raw input mode (v. cooked input) */
+ bool raw_out; /* raw output mode (7 v. 8 bits) */
+ bool audible; /* FALSE if the bell is visual */
+ bool mono; /* TRUE if current screen is mono */
+ bool resized; /* TRUE if TERM has been resized */
+ bool orig_attr; /* TRUE if we have the original colors */
+ short orig_fore; /* original screen foreground color */
+ short orig_back; /* original screen foreground color */
+ int cursrow; /* position of physical cursor */
+ int curscol; /* position of physical cursor */
+ int visibility; /* visibility of cursor */
+ int orig_cursor; /* original cursor size */
+ int lines; /* new value for LINES */
+ int cols; /* new value for COLS */
+ unsigned long _trap_mbe; /* trap these mouse button events */
+ unsigned long _map_mbe_to_key; /* map mouse buttons to slk */
+ int mouse_wait; /* time to wait (in ms) for a
+ button release after a press, in
+ order to count it as a click */
+ int slklines; /* lines in use by slk_init() */
+ WINDOW *slk_winptr; /* window for slk */
+ int linesrippedoff; /* lines ripped off via ripoffline() */
+ int linesrippedoffontop; /* lines ripped off on
+ top via ripoffline() */
+ int delaytenths; /* 1/10ths second to wait block
+ getch() for */
+ bool _preserve; /* TRUE if screen background
+ to be preserved */
+ int _restore; /* specifies if screen background
+ to be restored, and how */
+ bool save_key_modifiers; /* TRUE if each key modifiers saved
+ with each key press */
+ bool return_key_modifiers; /* TRUE if modifier keys are
+ returned as "real" keys */
+ bool key_code; /* TRUE if last key is a special key;
+ used internally by get_wch() */
+#ifdef XCURSES
+ int XcurscrSize; /* size of Xcurscr shared memory block */
+ bool sb_on;
+ int sb_viewport_y;
+ int sb_viewport_x;
+ int sb_total_y;
+ int sb_total_x;
+ int sb_cur_y;
+ int sb_cur_x;
+#endif
+ short line_color; /* color of line attributes - default -1 */
+} SCREEN;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * PDCurses External Variables
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD
+# ifdef CURSES_LIBRARY
+# define PDCEX __declspec(dllexport) extern
+# else
+# define PDCEX __declspec(dllimport)
+# endif
+#else
+# define PDCEX extern
+#endif
+
+PDCEX int LINES; /* terminal height */
+PDCEX int COLS; /* terminal width */
+PDCEX WINDOW *stdscr; /* the default screen window */
+PDCEX WINDOW *curscr; /* the current screen image */
+PDCEX SCREEN *SP; /* curses variables */
+PDCEX MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status;
+PDCEX int COLORS;
+PDCEX int COLOR_PAIRS;
+PDCEX int TABSIZE;
+PDCEX chtype acs_map[]; /* alternate character set map */
+PDCEX char ttytype[]; /* terminal name/description */
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+PDCurses Text Attributes
+========================
+
+Originally, PDCurses used a short (16 bits) for its chtype. To include
+color, a number of things had to be sacrificed from the strict Unix and
+System V support. The main problem was fitting all character attributes
+and color into an unsigned char (all 8 bits!).
+
+Today, PDCurses by default uses a long (32 bits) for its chtype, as in
+System V. The short chtype is still available, by undefining CHTYPE_LONG
+and rebuilding the library.
+
+The following is the structure of a win->_attrs chtype:
+
+short form:
+
+-------------------------------------------------
+|15|14|13|12|11|10| 9| 8| 7| 6| 5| 4| 3| 2| 1| 0|
+-------------------------------------------------
+ color number | attrs | character eg 'a'
+
+The available non-color attributes are bold, reverse and blink. Others
+have no effect. The high order char is an index into an array of
+physical colors (defined in color.c) -- 32 foreground/background color
+pairs (5 bits) plus 3 bits for other attributes.
+
+long form:
+
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|31|30|29|28|27|26|25|24|23|22|21|20|19|18|17|16|15|14|13|12|..| 3| 2| 1| 0|
+----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ color number | modifiers | character eg 'a'
+
+The available non-color attributes are bold, underline, invisible,
+right-line, left-line, protect, reverse and blink. 256 color pairs (8
+bits), 8 bits for other attributes, and 16 bits for character data.
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+/*** Video attribute macros ***/
+
+#define A_NORMAL (chtype)0
+
+#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
+# define A_ALTCHARSET (chtype)0x00010000
+# define A_RIGHTLINE (chtype)0x00020000
+# define A_LEFTLINE (chtype)0x00040000
+# define A_INVIS (chtype)0x00080000
+# define A_UNDERLINE (chtype)0x00100000
+# define A_REVERSE (chtype)0x00200000
+# define A_BLINK (chtype)0x00400000
+# define A_BOLD (chtype)0x00800000
+
+# define A_ATTRIBUTES (chtype)0xffff0000
+# define A_CHARTEXT (chtype)0x0000ffff
+# define A_COLOR (chtype)0xff000000
+
+# define A_ITALIC A_INVIS
+# define A_PROTECT (A_UNDERLINE | A_LEFTLINE | A_RIGHTLINE)
+
+# define PDC_ATTR_SHIFT 19
+# define PDC_COLOR_SHIFT 24
+#else
+# define A_BOLD (chtype)0x0100 /* X/Open */
+# define A_REVERSE (chtype)0x0200 /* X/Open */
+# define A_BLINK (chtype)0x0400 /* X/Open */
+
+# define A_ATTRIBUTES (chtype)0xff00 /* X/Open */
+# define A_CHARTEXT (chtype)0x00ff /* X/Open */
+# define A_COLOR (chtype)0xf800 /* System V */
+
+# define A_ALTCHARSET A_NORMAL /* X/Open */
+# define A_PROTECT A_NORMAL /* X/Open */
+# define A_UNDERLINE A_NORMAL /* X/Open */
+
+# define A_LEFTLINE A_NORMAL
+# define A_RIGHTLINE A_NORMAL
+# define A_ITALIC A_NORMAL
+# define A_INVIS A_NORMAL
+
+# define PDC_ATTR_SHIFT 8
+# define PDC_COLOR_SHIFT 11
+#endif
+
+#define A_STANDOUT (A_REVERSE | A_BOLD) /* X/Open */
+#define A_DIM A_NORMAL
+
+#define CHR_MSK A_CHARTEXT /* Obsolete */
+#define ATR_MSK A_ATTRIBUTES /* Obsolete */
+#define ATR_NRM A_NORMAL /* Obsolete */
+
+/* For use with attr_t -- X/Open says, "these shall be distinct", so
+ this is a non-conforming implementation. */
+
+#define WA_ALTCHARSET A_ALTCHARSET
+#define WA_BLINK A_BLINK
+#define WA_BOLD A_BOLD
+#define WA_DIM A_DIM
+#define WA_INVIS A_INVIS
+#define WA_LEFT A_LEFTLINE
+#define WA_PROTECT A_PROTECT
+#define WA_REVERSE A_REVERSE
+#define WA_RIGHT A_RIGHTLINE
+#define WA_STANDOUT A_STANDOUT
+#define WA_UNDERLINE A_UNDERLINE
+
+#define WA_HORIZONTAL A_NORMAL
+#define WA_LOW A_NORMAL
+#define WA_TOP A_NORMAL
+#define WA_VERTICAL A_NORMAL
+
+/*** Alternate character set macros ***/
+
+/* 'w' = 32-bit chtype; acs_map[] index | A_ALTCHARSET
+ 'n' = 16-bit chtype; it gets the fallback set because no bit is
+ available for A_ALTCHARSET */
+
+#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
+# define ACS_PICK(w, n) ((chtype)w | A_ALTCHARSET)
+#else
+# define ACS_PICK(w, n) ((chtype)n)
+#endif
+
+/* VT100-compatible symbols -- box chars */
+
+#define ACS_ULCORNER ACS_PICK('l', '+')
+#define ACS_LLCORNER ACS_PICK('m', '+')
+#define ACS_URCORNER ACS_PICK('k', '+')
+#define ACS_LRCORNER ACS_PICK('j', '+')
+#define ACS_RTEE ACS_PICK('u', '+')
+#define ACS_LTEE ACS_PICK('t', '+')
+#define ACS_BTEE ACS_PICK('v', '+')
+#define ACS_TTEE ACS_PICK('w', '+')
+#define ACS_HLINE ACS_PICK('q', '-')
+#define ACS_VLINE ACS_PICK('x', '|')
+#define ACS_PLUS ACS_PICK('n', '+')
+
+/* VT100-compatible symbols -- other */
+
+#define ACS_S1 ACS_PICK('o', '-')
+#define ACS_S9 ACS_PICK('s', '_')
+#define ACS_DIAMOND ACS_PICK('`', '+')
+#define ACS_CKBOARD ACS_PICK('a', ':')
+#define ACS_DEGREE ACS_PICK('f', '\'')
+#define ACS_PLMINUS ACS_PICK('g', '#')
+#define ACS_BULLET ACS_PICK('~', 'o')
+
+/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols -- these are defined in SysV curses, but
+ are not well-supported by most terminals. Stick to VT100 characters
+ for optimum portability. */
+
+#define ACS_LARROW ACS_PICK(',', '<')
+#define ACS_RARROW ACS_PICK('+', '>')
+#define ACS_DARROW ACS_PICK('.', 'v')
+#define ACS_UARROW ACS_PICK('-', '^')
+#define ACS_BOARD ACS_PICK('h', '#')
+#define ACS_LANTERN ACS_PICK('i', '*')
+#define ACS_BLOCK ACS_PICK('0', '#')
+
+/* That goes double for these -- undocumented SysV symbols. Don't use
+ them. */
+
+#define ACS_S3 ACS_PICK('p', '-')
+#define ACS_S7 ACS_PICK('r', '-')
+#define ACS_LEQUAL ACS_PICK('y', '<')
+#define ACS_GEQUAL ACS_PICK('z', '>')
+#define ACS_PI ACS_PICK('{', 'n')
+#define ACS_NEQUAL ACS_PICK('|', '+')
+#define ACS_STERLING ACS_PICK('}', 'L')
+
+/* Box char aliases */
+
+#define ACS_BSSB ACS_ULCORNER
+#define ACS_SSBB ACS_LLCORNER
+#define ACS_BBSS ACS_URCORNER
+#define ACS_SBBS ACS_LRCORNER
+#define ACS_SBSS ACS_RTEE
+#define ACS_SSSB ACS_LTEE
+#define ACS_SSBS ACS_BTEE
+#define ACS_BSSS ACS_TTEE
+#define ACS_BSBS ACS_HLINE
+#define ACS_SBSB ACS_VLINE
+#define ACS_SSSS ACS_PLUS
+
+/* cchar_t aliases */
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+# define WACS_ULCORNER (&(acs_map['l']))
+# define WACS_LLCORNER (&(acs_map['m']))
+# define WACS_URCORNER (&(acs_map['k']))
+# define WACS_LRCORNER (&(acs_map['j']))
+# define WACS_RTEE (&(acs_map['u']))
+# define WACS_LTEE (&(acs_map['t']))
+# define WACS_BTEE (&(acs_map['v']))
+# define WACS_TTEE (&(acs_map['w']))
+# define WACS_HLINE (&(acs_map['q']))
+# define WACS_VLINE (&(acs_map['x']))
+# define WACS_PLUS (&(acs_map['n']))
+
+# define WACS_S1 (&(acs_map['o']))
+# define WACS_S9 (&(acs_map['s']))
+# define WACS_DIAMOND (&(acs_map['`']))
+# define WACS_CKBOARD (&(acs_map['a']))
+# define WACS_DEGREE (&(acs_map['f']))
+# define WACS_PLMINUS (&(acs_map['g']))
+# define WACS_BULLET (&(acs_map['~']))
+
+# define WACS_LARROW (&(acs_map[',']))
+# define WACS_RARROW (&(acs_map['+']))
+# define WACS_DARROW (&(acs_map['.']))
+# define WACS_UARROW (&(acs_map['-']))
+# define WACS_BOARD (&(acs_map['h']))
+# define WACS_LANTERN (&(acs_map['i']))
+# define WACS_BLOCK (&(acs_map['0']))
+
+# define WACS_S3 (&(acs_map['p']))
+# define WACS_S7 (&(acs_map['r']))
+# define WACS_LEQUAL (&(acs_map['y']))
+# define WACS_GEQUAL (&(acs_map['z']))
+# define WACS_PI (&(acs_map['{']))
+# define WACS_NEQUAL (&(acs_map['|']))
+# define WACS_STERLING (&(acs_map['}']))
+
+# define WACS_BSSB WACS_ULCORNER
+# define WACS_SSBB WACS_LLCORNER
+# define WACS_BBSS WACS_URCORNER
+# define WACS_SBBS WACS_LRCORNER
+# define WACS_SBSS WACS_RTEE
+# define WACS_SSSB WACS_LTEE
+# define WACS_SSBS WACS_BTEE
+# define WACS_BSSS WACS_TTEE
+# define WACS_BSBS WACS_HLINE
+# define WACS_SBSB WACS_VLINE
+# define WACS_SSSS WACS_PLUS
+#endif
+
+/*** Color macros ***/
+
+#define COLOR_BLACK 0
+
+#ifdef PDC_RGB /* RGB */
+# define COLOR_RED 1
+# define COLOR_GREEN 2
+# define COLOR_BLUE 4
+#else /* BGR */
+# define COLOR_BLUE 1
+# define COLOR_GREEN 2
+# define COLOR_RED 4
+#endif
+
+#define COLOR_CYAN (COLOR_BLUE | COLOR_GREEN)
+#define COLOR_MAGENTA (COLOR_RED | COLOR_BLUE)
+#define COLOR_YELLOW (COLOR_RED | COLOR_GREEN)
+
+#define COLOR_WHITE 7
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Function and Keypad Key Definitions.
+ * Many are just for compatibility.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define KEY_CODE_YES 0x100 /* If get_wch() gives a key code */
+
+#define KEY_BREAK 0x101 /* Not on PC KBD */
+#define KEY_DOWN 0x102 /* Down arrow key */
+#define KEY_UP 0x103 /* Up arrow key */
+#define KEY_LEFT 0x104 /* Left arrow key */
+#define KEY_RIGHT 0x105 /* Right arrow key */
+#define KEY_HOME 0x106 /* home key */
+#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0x107 /* not on pc */
+#define KEY_F0 0x108 /* function keys; 64 reserved */
+
+#define KEY_DL 0x148 /* delete line */
+#define KEY_IL 0x149 /* insert line */
+#define KEY_DC 0x14a /* delete character */
+#define KEY_IC 0x14b /* insert char or enter ins mode */
+#define KEY_EIC 0x14c /* exit insert char mode */
+#define KEY_CLEAR 0x14d /* clear screen */
+#define KEY_EOS 0x14e /* clear to end of screen */
+#define KEY_EOL 0x14f /* clear to end of line */
+#define KEY_SF 0x150 /* scroll 1 line forward */
+#define KEY_SR 0x151 /* scroll 1 line back (reverse) */
+#define KEY_NPAGE 0x152 /* next page */
+#define KEY_PPAGE 0x153 /* previous page */
+#define KEY_STAB 0x154 /* set tab */
+#define KEY_CTAB 0x155 /* clear tab */
+#define KEY_CATAB 0x156 /* clear all tabs */
+#define KEY_ENTER 0x157 /* enter or send (unreliable) */
+#define KEY_SRESET 0x158 /* soft/reset (partial/unreliable) */
+#define KEY_RESET 0x159 /* reset/hard reset (unreliable) */
+#define KEY_PRINT 0x15a /* print/copy */
+#define KEY_LL 0x15b /* home down/bottom (lower left) */
+#define KEY_ABORT 0x15c /* abort/terminate key (any) */
+#define KEY_SHELP 0x15d /* short help */
+#define KEY_LHELP 0x15e /* long help */
+#define KEY_BTAB 0x15f /* Back tab key */
+#define KEY_BEG 0x160 /* beg(inning) key */
+#define KEY_CANCEL 0x161 /* cancel key */
+#define KEY_CLOSE 0x162 /* close key */
+#define KEY_COMMAND 0x163 /* cmd (command) key */
+#define KEY_COPY 0x164 /* copy key */
+#define KEY_CREATE 0x165 /* create key */
+#define KEY_END 0x166 /* end key */
+#define KEY_EXIT 0x167 /* exit key */
+#define KEY_FIND 0x168 /* find key */
+#define KEY_HELP 0x169 /* help key */
+#define KEY_MARK 0x16a /* mark key */
+#define KEY_MESSAGE 0x16b /* message key */
+#define KEY_MOVE 0x16c /* move key */
+#define KEY_NEXT 0x16d /* next object key */
+#define KEY_OPEN 0x16e /* open key */
+#define KEY_OPTIONS 0x16f /* options key */
+#define KEY_PREVIOUS 0x170 /* previous object key */
+#define KEY_REDO 0x171 /* redo key */
+#define KEY_REFERENCE 0x172 /* ref(erence) key */
+#define KEY_REFRESH 0x173 /* refresh key */
+#define KEY_REPLACE 0x174 /* replace key */
+#define KEY_RESTART 0x175 /* restart key */
+#define KEY_RESUME 0x176 /* resume key */
+#define KEY_SAVE 0x177 /* save key */
+#define KEY_SBEG 0x178 /* shifted beginning key */
+#define KEY_SCANCEL 0x179 /* shifted cancel key */
+#define KEY_SCOMMAND 0x17a /* shifted command key */
+#define KEY_SCOPY 0x17b /* shifted copy key */
+#define KEY_SCREATE 0x17c /* shifted create key */
+#define KEY_SDC 0x17d /* shifted delete char key */
+#define KEY_SDL 0x17e /* shifted delete line key */
+#define KEY_SELECT 0x17f /* select key */
+#define KEY_SEND 0x180 /* shifted end key */
+#define KEY_SEOL 0x181 /* shifted clear line key */
+#define KEY_SEXIT 0x182 /* shifted exit key */
+#define KEY_SFIND 0x183 /* shifted find key */
+#define KEY_SHOME 0x184 /* shifted home key */
+#define KEY_SIC 0x185 /* shifted input key */
+
+#define KEY_SLEFT 0x187 /* shifted left arrow key */
+#define KEY_SMESSAGE 0x188 /* shifted message key */
+#define KEY_SMOVE 0x189 /* shifted move key */
+#define KEY_SNEXT 0x18a /* shifted next key */
+#define KEY_SOPTIONS 0x18b /* shifted options key */
+#define KEY_SPREVIOUS 0x18c /* shifted prev key */
+#define KEY_SPRINT 0x18d /* shifted print key */
+#define KEY_SREDO 0x18e /* shifted redo key */
+#define KEY_SREPLACE 0x18f /* shifted replace key */
+#define KEY_SRIGHT 0x190 /* shifted right arrow */
+#define KEY_SRSUME 0x191 /* shifted resume key */
+#define KEY_SSAVE 0x192 /* shifted save key */
+#define KEY_SSUSPEND 0x193 /* shifted suspend key */
+#define KEY_SUNDO 0x194 /* shifted undo key */
+#define KEY_SUSPEND 0x195 /* suspend key */
+#define KEY_UNDO 0x196 /* undo key */
+
+/* PDCurses-specific key definitions -- PC only */
+
+#define ALT_0 0x197
+#define ALT_1 0x198
+#define ALT_2 0x199
+#define ALT_3 0x19a
+#define ALT_4 0x19b
+#define ALT_5 0x19c
+#define ALT_6 0x19d
+#define ALT_7 0x19e
+#define ALT_8 0x19f
+#define ALT_9 0x1a0
+#define ALT_A 0x1a1
+#define ALT_B 0x1a2
+#define ALT_C 0x1a3
+#define ALT_D 0x1a4
+#define ALT_E 0x1a5
+#define ALT_F 0x1a6
+#define ALT_G 0x1a7
+#define ALT_H 0x1a8
+#define ALT_I 0x1a9
+#define ALT_J 0x1aa
+#define ALT_K 0x1ab
+#define ALT_L 0x1ac
+#define ALT_M 0x1ad
+#define ALT_N 0x1ae
+#define ALT_O 0x1af
+#define ALT_P 0x1b0
+#define ALT_Q 0x1b1
+#define ALT_R 0x1b2
+#define ALT_S 0x1b3
+#define ALT_T 0x1b4
+#define ALT_U 0x1b5
+#define ALT_V 0x1b6
+#define ALT_W 0x1b7
+#define ALT_X 0x1b8
+#define ALT_Y 0x1b9
+#define ALT_Z 0x1ba
+
+#define CTL_LEFT 0x1bb /* Control-Left-Arrow */
+#define CTL_RIGHT 0x1bc
+#define CTL_PGUP 0x1bd
+#define CTL_PGDN 0x1be
+#define CTL_HOME 0x1bf
+#define CTL_END 0x1c0
+
+#define KEY_A1 0x1c1 /* upper left on Virtual keypad */
+#define KEY_A2 0x1c2 /* upper middle on Virt. keypad */
+#define KEY_A3 0x1c3 /* upper right on Vir. keypad */
+#define KEY_B1 0x1c4 /* middle left on Virt. keypad */
+#define KEY_B2 0x1c5 /* center on Virt. keypad */
+#define KEY_B3 0x1c6 /* middle right on Vir. keypad */
+#define KEY_C1 0x1c7 /* lower left on Virt. keypad */
+#define KEY_C2 0x1c8 /* lower middle on Virt. keypad */
+#define KEY_C3 0x1c9 /* lower right on Vir. keypad */
+
+#define PADSLASH 0x1ca /* slash on keypad */
+#define PADENTER 0x1cb /* enter on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADENTER 0x1cc /* ctl-enter on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADENTER 0x1cd /* alt-enter on keypad */
+#define PADSTOP 0x1ce /* stop on keypad */
+#define PADSTAR 0x1cf /* star on keypad */
+#define PADMINUS 0x1d0 /* minus on keypad */
+#define PADPLUS 0x1d1 /* plus on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADSTOP 0x1d2 /* ctl-stop on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADCENTER 0x1d3 /* ctl-enter on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADPLUS 0x1d4 /* ctl-plus on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADMINUS 0x1d5 /* ctl-minus on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADSLASH 0x1d6 /* ctl-slash on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADSTAR 0x1d7 /* ctl-star on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADPLUS 0x1d8 /* alt-plus on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADMINUS 0x1d9 /* alt-minus on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADSLASH 0x1da /* alt-slash on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADSTAR 0x1db /* alt-star on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADSTOP 0x1dc /* alt-stop on keypad */
+#define CTL_INS 0x1dd /* ctl-insert */
+#define ALT_DEL 0x1de /* alt-delete */
+#define ALT_INS 0x1df /* alt-insert */
+#define CTL_UP 0x1e0 /* ctl-up arrow */
+#define CTL_DOWN 0x1e1 /* ctl-down arrow */
+#define CTL_TAB 0x1e2 /* ctl-tab */
+#define ALT_TAB 0x1e3
+#define ALT_MINUS 0x1e4
+#define ALT_EQUAL 0x1e5
+#define ALT_HOME 0x1e6
+#define ALT_PGUP 0x1e7
+#define ALT_PGDN 0x1e8
+#define ALT_END 0x1e9
+#define ALT_UP 0x1ea /* alt-up arrow */
+#define ALT_DOWN 0x1eb /* alt-down arrow */
+#define ALT_RIGHT 0x1ec /* alt-right arrow */
+#define ALT_LEFT 0x1ed /* alt-left arrow */
+#define ALT_ENTER 0x1ee /* alt-enter */
+#define ALT_ESC 0x1ef /* alt-escape */
+#define ALT_BQUOTE 0x1f0 /* alt-back quote */
+#define ALT_LBRACKET 0x1f1 /* alt-left bracket */
+#define ALT_RBRACKET 0x1f2 /* alt-right bracket */
+#define ALT_SEMICOLON 0x1f3 /* alt-semi-colon */
+#define ALT_FQUOTE 0x1f4 /* alt-forward quote */
+#define ALT_COMMA 0x1f5 /* alt-comma */
+#define ALT_STOP 0x1f6 /* alt-stop */
+#define ALT_FSLASH 0x1f7 /* alt-forward slash */
+#define ALT_BKSP 0x1f8 /* alt-backspace */
+#define CTL_BKSP 0x1f9 /* ctl-backspace */
+#define PAD0 0x1fa /* keypad 0 */
+
+#define CTL_PAD0 0x1fb /* ctl-keypad 0 */
+#define CTL_PAD1 0x1fc
+#define CTL_PAD2 0x1fd
+#define CTL_PAD3 0x1fe
+#define CTL_PAD4 0x1ff
+#define CTL_PAD5 0x200
+#define CTL_PAD6 0x201
+#define CTL_PAD7 0x202
+#define CTL_PAD8 0x203
+#define CTL_PAD9 0x204
+
+#define ALT_PAD0 0x205 /* alt-keypad 0 */
+#define ALT_PAD1 0x206
+#define ALT_PAD2 0x207
+#define ALT_PAD3 0x208
+#define ALT_PAD4 0x209
+#define ALT_PAD5 0x20a
+#define ALT_PAD6 0x20b
+#define ALT_PAD7 0x20c
+#define ALT_PAD8 0x20d
+#define ALT_PAD9 0x20e
+
+#define CTL_DEL 0x20f /* clt-delete */
+#define ALT_BSLASH 0x210 /* alt-back slash */
+#define CTL_ENTER 0x211 /* ctl-enter */
+
+#define SHF_PADENTER 0x212 /* shift-enter on keypad */
+#define SHF_PADSLASH 0x213 /* shift-slash on keypad */
+#define SHF_PADSTAR 0x214 /* shift-star on keypad */
+#define SHF_PADPLUS 0x215 /* shift-plus on keypad */
+#define SHF_PADMINUS 0x216 /* shift-minus on keypad */
+#define SHF_UP 0x217 /* shift-up on keypad */
+#define SHF_DOWN 0x218 /* shift-down on keypad */
+#define SHF_IC 0x219 /* shift-insert on keypad */
+#define SHF_DC 0x21a /* shift-delete on keypad */
+
+#define KEY_MOUSE 0x21b /* "mouse" key */
+#define KEY_SHIFT_L 0x21c /* Left-shift */
+#define KEY_SHIFT_R 0x21d /* Right-shift */
+#define KEY_CONTROL_L 0x21e /* Left-control */
+#define KEY_CONTROL_R 0x21f /* Right-control */
+#define KEY_ALT_L 0x220 /* Left-alt */
+#define KEY_ALT_R 0x221 /* Right-alt */
+#define KEY_RESIZE 0x222 /* Window resize */
+#define KEY_SUP 0x223 /* Shifted up arrow */
+#define KEY_SDOWN 0x224 /* Shifted down arrow */
+
+#define KEY_MIN KEY_BREAK /* Minimum curses key value */
+#define KEY_MAX KEY_SDOWN /* Maximum curses key */
+
+#define KEY_F(n) (KEY_F0 + (n))
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * PDCurses Function Declarations
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Standard */
+
+int addch(const chtype);
+int addchnstr(const chtype *, int);
+int addchstr(const chtype *);
+int addnstr(const char *, int);
+int addstr(const char *);
+int attroff(chtype);
+int attron(chtype);
+int attrset(chtype);
+int attr_get(attr_t *, short *, void *);
+int attr_off(attr_t, void *);
+int attr_on(attr_t, void *);
+int attr_set(attr_t, short, void *);
+int baudrate(void);
+int beep(void);
+int bkgd(chtype);
+void bkgdset(chtype);
+int border(chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype);
+int box(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype);
+bool can_change_color(void);
+int cbreak(void);
+int chgat(int, attr_t, short, const void *);
+int clearok(WINDOW *, bool);
+int clear(void);
+int clrtobot(void);
+int clrtoeol(void);
+int color_content(short, short *, short *, short *);
+int color_set(short, void *);
+int copywin(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int);
+int curs_set(int);
+int def_prog_mode(void);
+int def_shell_mode(void);
+int delay_output(int);
+int delch(void);
+int deleteln(void);
+void delscreen(SCREEN *);
+int delwin(WINDOW *);
+WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
+int doupdate(void);
+WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *);
+int echochar(const chtype);
+int echo(void);
+int endwin(void);
+char erasechar(void);
+int erase(void);
+void filter(void);
+int flash(void);
+int flushinp(void);
+chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *);
+int getnstr(char *, int);
+int getstr(char *);
+WINDOW *getwin(FILE *);
+int halfdelay(int);
+bool has_colors(void);
+bool has_ic(void);
+bool has_il(void);
+int hline(chtype, int);
+void idcok(WINDOW *, bool);
+int idlok(WINDOW *, bool);
+void immedok(WINDOW *, bool);
+int inchnstr(chtype *, int);
+int inchstr(chtype *);
+chtype inch(void);
+int init_color(short, short, short, short);
+int init_pair(short, short, short);
+WINDOW *initscr(void);
+int innstr(char *, int);
+int insch(chtype);
+int insdelln(int);
+int insertln(void);
+int insnstr(const char *, int);
+int insstr(const char *);
+int instr(char *);
+int intrflush(WINDOW *, bool);
+bool isendwin(void);
+bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *, int);
+bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *);
+char *keyname(int);
+int keypad(WINDOW *, bool);
+char killchar(void);
+int leaveok(WINDOW *, bool);
+char *longname(void);
+int meta(WINDOW *, bool);
+int move(int, int);
+int mvaddch(int, int, const chtype);
+int mvaddchnstr(int, int, const chtype *, int);
+int mvaddchstr(int, int, const chtype *);
+int mvaddnstr(int, int, const char *, int);
+int mvaddstr(int, int, const char *);
+int mvchgat(int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
+int mvcur(int, int, int, int);
+int mvdelch(int, int);
+int mvderwin(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int mvgetch(int, int);
+int mvgetnstr(int, int, char *, int);
+int mvgetstr(int, int, char *);
+int mvhline(int, int, chtype, int);
+chtype mvinch(int, int);
+int mvinchnstr(int, int, chtype *, int);
+int mvinchstr(int, int, chtype *);
+int mvinnstr(int, int, char *, int);
+int mvinsch(int, int, chtype);
+int mvinsnstr(int, int, const char *, int);
+int mvinsstr(int, int, const char *);
+int mvinstr(int, int, char *);
+int mvprintw(int, int, const char *, ...);
+int mvscanw(int, int, const char *, ...);
+int mvvline(int, int, chtype, int);
+int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int);
+int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *);
+int mvwaddch(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype);
+int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);
+int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);
+int mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
+int mvwdelch(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int mvwgetch(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);
+int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *);
+int mvwhline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);
+int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int);
+int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *);
+chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);
+int mvwinsch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);
+int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);
+int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);
+int mvwinstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *);
+int mvwin(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int mvwprintw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...);
+int mvwscanw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...);
+int mvwvline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);
+int napms(int);
+WINDOW *newpad(int, int);
+SCREEN *newterm(const char *, FILE *, FILE *);
+WINDOW *newwin(int, int, int, int);
+int nl(void);
+int nocbreak(void);
+int nodelay(WINDOW *, bool);
+int noecho(void);
+int nonl(void);
+void noqiflush(void);
+int noraw(void);
+int notimeout(WINDOW *, bool);
+int overlay(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *);
+int overwrite(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *);
+int pair_content(short, short *, short *);
+int pechochar(WINDOW *, chtype);
+int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int);
+int prefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int);
+int printw(const char *, ...);
+int putwin(WINDOW *, FILE *);
+void qiflush(void);
+int raw(void);
+int redrawwin(WINDOW *);
+int refresh(void);
+int reset_prog_mode(void);
+int reset_shell_mode(void);
+int resetty(void);
+int ripoffline(int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int));
+int savetty(void);
+int scanw(const char *, ...);
+int scr_dump(const char *);
+int scr_init(const char *);
+int scr_restore(const char *);
+int scr_set(const char *);
+int scrl(int);
+int scroll(WINDOW *);
+int scrollok(WINDOW *, bool);
+SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *);
+int setscrreg(int, int);
+int slk_attroff(const chtype);
+int slk_attr_off(const attr_t, void *);
+int slk_attron(const chtype);
+int slk_attr_on(const attr_t, void *);
+int slk_attrset(const chtype);
+int slk_attr_set(const attr_t, short, void *);
+int slk_clear(void);
+int slk_color(short);
+int slk_init(int);
+char *slk_label(int);
+int slk_noutrefresh(void);
+int slk_refresh(void);
+int slk_restore(void);
+int slk_set(int, const char *, int);
+int slk_touch(void);
+int standend(void);
+int standout(void);
+int start_color(void);
+WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
+WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
+int syncok(WINDOW *, bool);
+chtype termattrs(void);
+attr_t term_attrs(void);
+char *termname(void);
+void timeout(int);
+int touchline(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int touchwin(WINDOW *);
+int typeahead(int);
+int untouchwin(WINDOW *);
+void use_env(bool);
+int vidattr(chtype);
+int vid_attr(attr_t, short, void *);
+int vidputs(chtype, int (*)(int));
+int vid_puts(attr_t, short, void *, int (*)(int));
+int vline(chtype, int);
+int vw_printw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
+int vwprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
+int vw_scanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
+int vwscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
+int waddchnstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *, int);
+int waddchstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *);
+int waddch(WINDOW *, const chtype);
+int waddnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int);
+int waddstr(WINDOW *, const char *);
+int wattroff(WINDOW *, chtype);
+int wattron(WINDOW *, chtype);
+int wattrset(WINDOW *, chtype);
+int wattr_get(WINDOW *, attr_t *, short *, void *);
+int wattr_off(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);
+int wattr_on(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);
+int wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t, short, void *);
+void wbkgdset(WINDOW *, chtype);
+int wbkgd(WINDOW *, chtype);
+int wborder(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype,
+ chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype);
+int wchgat(WINDOW *, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
+int wclear(WINDOW *);
+int wclrtobot(WINDOW *);
+int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *);
+int wcolor_set(WINDOW *, short, void *);
+void wcursyncup(WINDOW *);
+int wdelch(WINDOW *);
+int wdeleteln(WINDOW *);
+int wechochar(WINDOW *, const chtype);
+int werase(WINDOW *);
+int wgetch(WINDOW *);
+int wgetnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int);
+int wgetstr(WINDOW *, char *);
+int whline(WINDOW *, chtype, int);
+int winchnstr(WINDOW *, chtype *, int);
+int winchstr(WINDOW *, chtype *);
+chtype winch(WINDOW *);
+int winnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int);
+int winsch(WINDOW *, chtype);
+int winsdelln(WINDOW *, int);
+int winsertln(WINDOW *);
+int winsnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int);
+int winsstr(WINDOW *, const char *);
+int winstr(WINDOW *, char *);
+int wmove(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *);
+int wprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...);
+int wredrawln(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int wrefresh(WINDOW *);
+int wscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...);
+int wscrl(WINDOW *, int);
+int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int wstandend(WINDOW *);
+int wstandout(WINDOW *);
+void wsyncdown(WINDOW *);
+void wsyncup(WINDOW *);
+void wtimeout(WINDOW *, int);
+int wtouchln(WINDOW *, int, int, int);
+int wvline(WINDOW *, chtype, int);
+
+/* Wide-character functions */
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int addnwstr(const wchar_t *, int);
+int addwstr(const wchar_t *);
+int add_wch(const cchar_t *);
+int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *, int);
+int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *);
+int border_set(const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
+ const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
+ const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);
+int box_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);
+int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *);
+int erasewchar(wchar_t *);
+int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *);
+int getcchar(const cchar_t *, wchar_t *, attr_t *, short *, void *);
+int getn_wstr(wint_t *, int);
+int get_wch(wint_t *);
+int get_wstr(wint_t *);
+int hline_set(const cchar_t *, int);
+int innwstr(wchar_t *, int);
+int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *, int);
+int ins_wch(const cchar_t *);
+int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *);
+int inwstr(wchar_t *);
+int in_wch(cchar_t *);
+int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *, int);
+int in_wchstr(cchar_t *);
+char *key_name(wchar_t);
+int killwchar(wchar_t *);
+int mvaddnwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
+int mvaddwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *);
+int mvadd_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *);
+int mvadd_wchnstr(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+int mvadd_wchstr(int, int, const cchar_t *);
+int mvgetn_wstr(int, int, wint_t *, int);
+int mvget_wch(int, int, wint_t *);
+int mvget_wstr(int, int, wint_t *);
+int mvhline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+int mvinnwstr(int, int, wchar_t *, int);
+int mvins_nwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
+int mvins_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *);
+int mvins_wstr(int, int, const wchar_t *);
+int mvinwstr(int, int, wchar_t *);
+int mvin_wch(int, int, cchar_t *);
+int mvin_wchnstr(int, int, cchar_t *, int);
+int mvin_wchstr(int, int, cchar_t *);
+int mvvline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
+int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);
+int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);
+int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);
+int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *, int);
+int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);
+int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);
+int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *, int);
+int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
+int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);
+int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);
+int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);
+int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *, int);
+int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);
+int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *);
+int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t*);
+int setcchar(cchar_t*, const wchar_t*, const attr_t, short, const void*);
+int slk_wset(int, const wchar_t *, int);
+int unget_wch(const wchar_t);
+int vline_set(const cchar_t *, int);
+int waddnwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int);
+int waddwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *);
+int wadd_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);
+int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+int wborder_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
+ const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
+ const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);
+int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *, cchar_t *);
+int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *, int);
+int wget_wch(WINDOW *, wint_t *);
+int wget_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *);
+int whline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);
+int winnwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *, int);
+int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int);
+int wins_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+int wins_wstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *);
+int winwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *);
+int win_wch(WINDOW *, cchar_t *);
+int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *, cchar_t *, int);
+int win_wchstr(WINDOW *, cchar_t *);
+wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *);
+int wvline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);
+#endif
+
+/* Quasi-standard */
+
+chtype getattrs(WINDOW *);
+int getbegx(WINDOW *);
+int getbegy(WINDOW *);
+int getmaxx(WINDOW *);
+int getmaxy(WINDOW *);
+int getparx(WINDOW *);
+int getpary(WINDOW *);
+int getcurx(WINDOW *);
+int getcury(WINDOW *);
+void traceoff(void);
+void traceon(void);
+char *unctrl(chtype);
+
+int crmode(void);
+int nocrmode(void);
+int draino(int);
+int resetterm(void);
+int fixterm(void);
+int saveterm(void);
+int setsyx(int, int);
+
+int mouse_set(unsigned long);
+int mouse_on(unsigned long);
+int mouse_off(unsigned long);
+int request_mouse_pos(void);
+int map_button(unsigned long);
+void wmouse_position(WINDOW *, int *, int *);
+unsigned long getmouse(void);
+unsigned long getbmap(void);
+
+/* ncurses */
+
+int assume_default_colors(int, int);
+const char *curses_version(void);
+bool has_key(int);
+int use_default_colors(void);
+int wresize(WINDOW *, int, int);
+
+int mouseinterval(int);
+mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t, mmask_t *);
+bool mouse_trafo(int *, int *, bool);
+int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *);
+int ungetmouse(MEVENT *);
+bool wenclose(const WINDOW *, int, int);
+bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *, int *, int *, bool);
+
+/* PDCurses */
+
+int addrawch(chtype);
+int insrawch(chtype);
+bool is_termresized(void);
+int mvaddrawch(int, int, chtype);
+int mvdeleteln(int, int);
+int mvinsertln(int, int);
+int mvinsrawch(int, int, chtype);
+int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);
+int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);
+int raw_output(bool);
+int resize_term(int, int);
+WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *, int, int);
+int waddrawch(WINDOW *, chtype);
+int winsrawch(WINDOW *, chtype);
+char wordchar(void);
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int);
+#endif
+
+void PDC_debug(const char *, ...);
+int PDC_ungetch(int);
+int PDC_set_blink(bool);
+int PDC_set_line_color(short);
+void PDC_set_title(const char *);
+
+int PDC_clearclipboard(void);
+int PDC_freeclipboard(char *);
+int PDC_getclipboard(char **, long *);
+int PDC_setclipboard(const char *, long);
+
+unsigned long PDC_get_input_fd(void);
+unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void);
+int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool);
+int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool);
+
+#ifdef XCURSES
+WINDOW *Xinitscr(int, char **);
+void XCursesExit(void);
+int sb_init(void);
+int sb_set_horz(int, int, int);
+int sb_set_vert(int, int, int);
+int sb_get_horz(int *, int *, int *);
+int sb_get_vert(int *, int *, int *);
+int sb_refresh(void);
+#endif
+
+/*** Functions defined as macros ***/
+
+/* getch() and ungetch() conflict with some DOS libraries */
+
+#define getch() wgetch(stdscr)
+#define ungetch(ch) PDC_ungetch(ch)
+
+#define COLOR_PAIR(n) (((chtype)(n) << PDC_COLOR_SHIFT) & A_COLOR)
+#define PAIR_NUMBER(n) (((n) & A_COLOR) >> PDC_COLOR_SHIFT)
+
+/* These will _only_ work as macros */
+
+#define getbegyx(w, y, x) (y = getbegy(w), x = getbegx(w))
+#define getmaxyx(w, y, x) (y = getmaxy(w), x = getmaxx(w))
+#define getparyx(w, y, x) (y = getpary(w), x = getparx(w))
+#define getyx(w, y, x) (y = getcury(w), x = getcurx(w))
+
+#define getsyx(y, x) { if (curscr->_leaveit) (y)=(x)=-1; \
+ else getyx(curscr,(y),(x)); }
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+# define getmouse(x) nc_getmouse(x)
+#endif
+
+/* return codes from PDC_getclipboard() and PDC_setclipboard() calls */
+
+#define PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS 0
+#define PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR 1
+#define PDC_CLIP_EMPTY 2
+#define PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR 3
+
+/* PDCurses key modifier masks */
+
+#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT 1
+#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL 2
+#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT 4
+#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK 8
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
+# undef bool
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __PDCURSES__ */
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/panel.h b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/panel.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d7cace
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/include/panel.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+/* $Id: panel.h,v 1.19 2008/07/13 16:08:16 wmcbrine Exp $ */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Panels for PDCurses *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__
+#define __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ 1
+
+#include <curses.h>
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+typedef struct panelobs
+{
+ struct panelobs *above;
+ struct panel *pan;
+} PANELOBS;
+
+typedef struct panel
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+ int wstarty;
+ int wendy;
+ int wstartx;
+ int wendx;
+ struct panel *below;
+ struct panel *above;
+ const void *user;
+ struct panelobs *obscure;
+} PANEL;
+
+int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan);
+int del_panel(PANEL *pan);
+int hide_panel(PANEL *pan);
+int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx);
+PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win);
+PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan);
+PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan);
+int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan);
+const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan);
+WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan);
+int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win);
+int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr);
+int show_panel(PANEL *pan);
+int top_panel(PANEL *pan);
+void update_panels(void);
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ */
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/Makefile b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bae5c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+app-$(CONFIG_APP_LIB_PANEL) += panel.o
+app-y += addch.o
+app-y += move.o
+app-y += overlay.o
+app-y += refresh.o
+app-y += terminfo.o
+app-y += window.o
+app-y += util.o
+app-y += inopts.o
+app-y += addstr.o
+app-y += keyname.o
+app-y += instr.o
+app-y += clear.o
+app-y += addchstr.o
+app-y += kernel.o
+app-y += pad.o
+app-y += insstr.o
+app-y += border.o
+app-y += getyx.o
+app-y += getstr.o
+app-y += getch.o
+app-y += termattr.o
+app-y += outopts.o
+app-y += color.o
+app-y += deleteln.o
+app-y += initscr.o
+app-y += slk.o
+app-y += delch.o
+app-y += touch.o
+app-y += mouse.o
+app-y += scanw.o
+app-y += scroll.o
+app-y += printw.o
+app-y += bkgd.o
+app-y += inch.o
+app-y += attr.o
+app-y += insch.o
+app-y += inchstr.o
+app-y += beep.o
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/README b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bef1c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/README
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+PDCurses Portable Core
+======================
+
+This directory contains core PDCurses source code files common to all
+platforms.
+
+
+Building
+--------
+
+These modules are built by the platform-specific makefiles, in the
+platform directories.
+
+
+Distribution Status
+-------------------
+
+The files in this directory are released to the Public Domain.
+
+
+Acknowledgements
+----------------
+
+The panel library was originally provided by
+Warren Tucker <wht at n4hgf.mt-park.ga.us>
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addch.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..586d1a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: addch.c,v 1.54 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: addch
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int addch(const chtype ch);
+ int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
+ int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch);
+ int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch);
+ int echochar(const chtype ch);
+ int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
+
+ int addrawch(chtype ch);
+ int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+ int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+ int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+
+ int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
+ int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+ int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+ int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+ int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch);
+ int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+
+ Description:
+ addch() adds the chtype ch to the default window (stdscr) at the
+ current cursor position, and advances the cursor. Note that
+ chtypes can convey both text (a single character) and
+ attributes, including a color pair. add_wch() is the wide-
+ character version of this function, taking a pointer to a
+ cchar_t instead of a chtype.
+
+ waddch() is like addch(), but also lets you specify the window.
+ (This is in fact the core output routine.) wadd_wch() is the
+ wide version.
+
+ mvaddch() moves the cursor to the specified (y, x) position, and
+ adds ch to stdscr. mvadd_wch() is the wide version.
+
+ mvwaddch() moves the cursor to the specified position and adds
+ ch to the specified window. mvwadd_wch() is the wide version.
+
+ echochar() adds ch to stdscr at the current cursor position and
+ calls refresh(). echo_wchar() is the wide version.
+
+ wechochar() adds ch to the specified window and calls
+ wrefresh(). wecho_wchar() is the wide version.
+
+ addrawch(), waddrawch(), mvaddrawch() and mvwaddrawch() are
+ PDCurses-specific wrappers for addch() etc. that disable the
+ translation of control characters.
+
+ The following applies to all these functions:
+
+ If the cursor moves on to the right margin, an automatic newline
+ is performed. If scrollok is enabled, and a character is added
+ to the bottom right corner of the window, the scrolling region
+ will be scrolled up one line. If scrolling is not allowed, ERR
+ will be returned.
+
+ If ch is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor will be moved
+ appropriately within the window. If ch is a newline, the
+ clrtoeol routine is called before the cursor is moved to the
+ beginning of the next line. If newline mapping is off, the
+ cursor will be moved to the next line, but the x coordinate will
+ be unchanged. If ch is a tab the cursor is moved to the next
+ tab position within the window. If ch is another control
+ character, it will be drawn in the ^X notation. Calling the
+ inch() routine after adding a control character returns the
+ representation of the control character, not the control
+ character.
+
+ Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing them
+ into the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be copied
+ from one place to another by using inch() and addch().
+
+ Note that in PDCurses, for now, a cchar_t and a chtype are the
+ same. The text field is 16 bits wide, and is treated as Unicode
+ (UCS-2) when PDCurses is built with wide-character support
+ (define PDC_WIDE). So, in functions that take a chtype, like
+ addch(), both the wide and narrow versions will handle Unicode.
+ But for portability, you should use the wide functions.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ addch Y Y Y
+ waddch Y Y Y
+ mvaddch Y Y Y
+ mvwaddch Y Y Y
+ echochar Y - 3.0
+ wechochar Y - 3.0
+ addrawch - - -
+ waddrawch - - -
+ mvaddrawch - - -
+ mvwaddrawch - - -
+ add_wch Y
+ wadd_wch Y
+ mvadd_wch Y
+ mvwadd_wch Y
+ echo_wchar Y
+ wecho_wchar Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
+{
+ int x, y;
+ chtype text, attr;
+ bool xlat;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("waddch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
+ win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ x = win->_curx;
+ y = win->_cury;
+
+ if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0)
+ return ERR;
+
+ xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET);
+ text = ch & A_CHARTEXT;
+ attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+
+ if (xlat && (text < ' ' || text == 0x7f))
+ {
+ int x2;
+
+ switch (text)
+ {
+ case '\t':
+ for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++)
+ {
+ if (waddch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ /* if tab to next line, exit the loop */
+
+ if (!win->_curx)
+ break;
+ }
+ return OK;
+
+ case '\n':
+ /* if lf -> crlf */
+
+ if (!SP->raw_out)
+ x = 0;
+
+ wclrtoeol(win);
+
+ if (++y > win->_bmarg)
+ {
+ y--;
+
+ if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case '\b':
+ /* don't back over left margin */
+
+ if (--x < 0)
+ case '\r':
+ x = 0;
+
+ break;
+
+ case 0x7f:
+ if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddch(win, attr | '?');
+
+ default:
+ /* handle control chars */
+
+ if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddch(win, ch + '@');
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute,
+ then use the current attributes for the window. If it has
+ attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to
+ the current attributes for the window. If it has a color
+ component, use the attributes solely from the incoming
+ character. */
+
+ if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+ attr |= win->_attrs;
+
+ /* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window
+ background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
+ attributes are not there and that the background character
+ will only print if the printing character is blank. */
+
+ if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+ attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+ else
+ attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
+
+ if (text == ' ')
+ text = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+ /* Add the attribute back into the character. */
+
+ text |= attr;
+
+ /* Only change _firstch/_lastch if the character to be added is
+ different from the character/attribute that is already in
+ that position in the window. */
+
+ if (win->_y[y][x] != text)
+ {
+ if (win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE)
+ win->_firstch[y] = win->_lastch[y] = x;
+ else
+ if (x < win->_firstch[y])
+ win->_firstch[y] = x;
+ else
+ if (x > win->_lastch[y])
+ win->_lastch[y] = x;
+
+ win->_y[y][x] = text;
+ }
+
+ if (++x >= win->_maxx)
+ {
+ /* wrap around test */
+
+ x = 0;
+
+ if (++y > win->_bmarg)
+ {
+ y--;
+
+ if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR)
+ {
+ PDC_sync(win);
+ return ERR;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ win->_curx = x;
+ win->_cury = y;
+
+ if (win->_immed)
+ wrefresh(win);
+ if (win->_sync)
+ wsyncup(win);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int addch(const chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("addch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
+
+ return waddch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%x\n", y, x, ch));
+
+ if (move(y,x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", win, y, x, ch));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddch(win, ch);
+}
+
+int echochar(const chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("echochar() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
+
+ return wechochar(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wechochar() - called: win=%p ch=%x\n", win, ch));
+
+ if (waddch(win, ch) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wrefresh(win);
+}
+
+int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("waddrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
+ win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
+
+ if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f)
+ ch |= A_ALTCHARSET;
+
+ return waddch(win, ch);
+}
+
+int addrawch(chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("addrawch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
+
+ return waddrawch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvaddrawch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", y, x, ch));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddrawch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwaddrawch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n",
+ win, y, x, ch));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddrawch(win, ch);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wadd_wch() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch));
+
+ return wch ? waddch(win, *wch) : ERR;
+}
+
+int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("add_wch() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch));
+
+ return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d wch=%x\n", y, x, *wch));
+
+ if (move(y,x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d wch=%d\n",
+ win, y, x, *wch));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wadd_wch(win, wch);
+}
+
+int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("echo_wchar() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch));
+
+ return wecho_wchar(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wecho_wchar() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch));
+
+ if (!wch || (wadd_wch(win, wch) == ERR))
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wrefresh(win);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addchstr.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addchstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0eea85a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addchstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: addchstr.c,v 1.43 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: addchstr
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int addchstr(const chtype *ch);
+ int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n);
+ int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch);
+ int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n);
+ int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch);
+ int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n);
+ int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch);
+ int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n);
+
+ int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch);
+ int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+ int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+ int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+ int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch,
+ int n);
+
+ Description:
+ These routines write a chtype or cchar_t string directly into
+ the window structure, starting at the current or specified
+ position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at
+ most n elements, but no more than will fit on the line. If n =
+ -1 then the whole string is copied, up to the maximum number
+ that will fit on the line.
+
+ The cursor position is not advanced. These routines do not check
+ for newline or other special characters, nor does any line
+ wrapping occur.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK or ERR.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ addchstr Y - 4.0
+ waddchstr Y - 4.0
+ mvaddchstr Y - 4.0
+ mvwaddchstr Y - 4.0
+ addchnstr Y - 4.0
+ waddchnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvaddchnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvwaddchnstr Y - 4.0
+ add_wchstr Y
+ wadd_wchstr Y
+ mvadd_wchstr Y
+ mvwadd_wchstr Y
+ add_wchnstr Y
+ wadd_wchnstr Y
+ mvadd_wchnstr Y
+ mvwadd_wchnstr Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+ int y, x, maxx, minx;
+ chtype *ptr;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("waddchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n));
+
+ if (!win || !ch || !n || n < -1)
+ return ERR;
+
+ x = win->_curx;
+ y = win->_cury;
+ ptr = &(win->_y[y][x]);
+
+ if (n == -1 || n > win->_maxx - x)
+ n = win->_maxx - x;
+
+ minx = win->_firstch[y];
+ maxx = win->_lastch[y];
+
+ for (; n && *ch; n--, x++, ptr++, ch++)
+ {
+ if (*ptr != *ch)
+ {
+ if (x < minx || minx == _NO_CHANGE)
+ minx = x;
+
+ if (x > maxx)
+ maxx = x;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("y %d x %d minx %d maxx %d *ptr %x *ch"
+ " %x firstch: %d lastch: %d\n",
+ y, x, minx, maxx, *ptr, *ch,
+ win->_firstch[y], win->_lastch[y]));
+
+ *ptr = *ch;
+ }
+ }
+
+ win->_firstch[y] = minx;
+ win->_lastch[y] = maxx;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int addchstr(const chtype *ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("addchstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1);
+}
+
+int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("addchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("waddchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win));
+
+ return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvaddchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchstr() - called:\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddchnstr(win, ch, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n));
+
+ return waddchnstr(win, wch, n);
+}
+
+int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("add_wchstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1);
+}
+
+int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("add_wchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win));
+
+ return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchstr() - called:\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, n);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addstr.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca19fd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/addstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: addstr.c,v 1.44 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: addstr
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int addstr(const char *str);
+ int addnstr(const char *str, int n);
+ int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
+ int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
+ int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
+ int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+ int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
+ int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+
+ int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
+ int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+ int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
+ int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+ int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+ int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+ int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+ int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+
+ Description:
+ These routines write all the characters of the null-terminated
+ string str or wide-character string wstr to the given window.
+ The functionality is similar to calling waddch() once for each
+ character in the string; except that, when PDCurses is built
+ with wide-character support enabled, the narrow-character
+ functions treat the string as a multibyte string in the current
+ locale, and convert it. The routines with n as the last
+ argument write at most n characters; if n is negative, then the
+ entire string will be added.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK or ERR.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ addstr Y Y Y
+ waddstr Y Y Y
+ mvaddstr Y Y Y
+ mvwaddstr Y Y Y
+ addnstr Y - 4.0
+ waddnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvaddnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvwaddnstr Y - 4.0
+ addwstr Y
+ waddwstr Y
+ mvaddwstr Y
+ mvwaddwstr Y
+ addnwstr Y
+ waddnwstr Y
+ mvaddnwstr Y
+ mvwaddnwstr Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n)
+{
+ int i = 0;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("waddnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
+
+ if (!win || !str)
+ return ERR;
+
+ while (str[i] && (i < n || n < 0))
+ {
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+ wchar_t wch;
+ int retval = PDC_mbtowc(&wch, str + i, n >= 0 ? n - i : 6);
+
+ if (retval <= 0)
+ return OK;
+
+ i += retval;
+#else
+ chtype wch = (unsigned char)(str[i++]);
+#endif
+ if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int addstr(const char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("addstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+ return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
+}
+
+int addnstr(const char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("addnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
+
+ return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("waddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+ return waddnstr(win, str, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
+ y, x, str, n));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddnstr(win, str, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
+ y, x, str, n));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddnstr(win, str, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ int i = 0;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("waddnwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || !wstr)
+ return ERR;
+
+ while (wstr[i] && (i < n || n < 0))
+ {
+ chtype wch = wstr[i++];
+
+ if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("addwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("addnwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("waddwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return waddnwstr(win, wstr, n);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/attr.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/attr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..532384b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/attr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: attr.c,v 1.41 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: attr
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int attroff(chtype attrs);
+ int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
+ int attron(chtype attrs);
+ int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
+ int attrset(chtype attrs);
+ int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
+ int standend(void);
+ int wstandend(WINDOW *win);
+ int standout(void);
+ int wstandout(WINDOW *win);
+
+ int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts);
+ int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts);
+
+ int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts);
+ int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+ int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+ int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts);
+ int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair,
+ void *opts);
+ int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+ int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+ int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair,
+ void *opts);
+
+ int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts);
+ int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
+ const void *opts);
+ int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
+ short color, const void *opts);
+ int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
+ const void *opts);
+
+ chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win);
+
+ Description:
+ These functions manipulate the current attributes and/or colors
+ of the named window. These attributes can be any combination
+ of A_STANDOUT, A_REVERSE, A_BOLD, A_DIM, A_BLINK, A_UNDERLINE.
+
+ These constants are defined in <curses.h> and can be combined
+ with the bitwise-OR operator (|).
+
+ The current attributes of a window are applied to all chtypes
+ that are written into the window with waddch(). Attributes are
+ a property of the chtype, and move with the character through
+ any scrolling or insert/delete operations.
+
+ attrset() sets the current attributes of the given window to
+ attrs. attroff() turns off the named attributes without
+ affecting any other attributes; attron() turns them on.
+ color_set() sets the window color to the value of color_pair.
+
+ standout() is the same as attron(A_STANDOUT). standend() is the
+ same as attrset(A_NORMAL); that is, it turns off all attributes.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ attroff Y Y Y
+ wattroff Y Y Y
+ attron Y Y Y
+ wattron Y Y Y
+ attrset Y Y Y
+ wattrset Y Y Y
+ standend Y Y Y
+ wstandend Y Y Y
+ standout Y Y Y
+ wstandout Y Y Y
+ color_set Y
+ wcolor_set Y
+ attr_get Y
+ wattr_get Y
+ attr_on Y
+ wattr_on Y
+ attr_off Y
+ wattr_off Y
+ attr_set Y
+ wattr_set Y
+ chgat Y
+ wchgat Y
+ mvchgat Y
+ mvwchgat Y
+ getattrs -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wattroff() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_attrs &= (~attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int attroff(chtype attrs)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("attroff() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattroff(stdscr, attrs);
+}
+
+int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
+{
+ chtype newcolr, oldcolr, newattr, oldattr;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wattron() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if ((win->_attrs & A_COLOR) && (attrs & A_COLOR))
+ {
+ oldcolr = win->_attrs & A_COLOR;
+ oldattr = win->_attrs ^ oldcolr;
+ newcolr = attrs & A_COLOR;
+ newattr = (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr;
+ newattr |= oldattr;
+ win->_attrs = newattr | newcolr;
+ }
+ else
+ win->_attrs |= (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int attron(chtype attrs)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("attron() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattron(stdscr, attrs);
+}
+
+int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wattrset() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_attrs = attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int attrset(chtype attrs)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("attrset() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattrset(stdscr, attrs);
+}
+
+int standend(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("standend() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattrset(stdscr, A_NORMAL);
+}
+
+int standout(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("standout() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattrset(stdscr, A_STANDOUT);
+}
+
+int wstandend(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wstandend() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattrset(win, A_NORMAL);
+}
+
+int wstandout(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wstandout() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattrset(win, A_STANDOUT);
+}
+
+chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ return win ? win->_attrs : 0;
+}
+
+int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wcolor_set() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_attrs = (win->_attrs & ~A_COLOR) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("color_set() - called\n"));
+
+ return wcolor_set(stdscr, color_pair, opts);
+}
+
+int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wattr_get() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (attrs)
+ *attrs = win->_attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR);
+
+ if (color_pair)
+ *color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(win->_attrs);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattr_get(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts);
+}
+
+int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattroff(win, attrs);
+}
+
+int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("attr_off() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattroff(stdscr, attrs);
+}
+
+int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattron(win, attrs);
+}
+
+int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("attr_on() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattron(stdscr, attrs);
+}
+
+int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wattr_set() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_attrs = (attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR)) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n"));
+
+ return wattr_set(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts);
+}
+
+int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
+{
+ chtype *dest, newattr;
+ int startpos, endpos;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wchgat() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ newattr = (attr & A_ATTRIBUTES) | COLOR_PAIR(color);
+
+ startpos = win->_curx;
+ endpos = ((n < 0) ? win->_maxx : min(startpos + n, win->_maxx)) - 1;
+ dest = win->_y[win->_cury];
+
+ for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++)
+ dest[n] = (dest[n] & A_CHARTEXT) | newattr;
+
+ n = win->_cury;
+
+ if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
+ win->_firstch[n] = startpos;
+
+ if (endpos > win->_lastch[n])
+ win->_lastch[n] = endpos;
+
+ PDC_sync(win);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("chgat() - called\n"));
+
+ return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts);
+}
+
+int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvchgat() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts);
+}
+
+int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
+ const void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwchgat() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wchgat(win, n, attr, color, opts);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/beep.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/beep.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e92f45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/beep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: beep.c,v 1.34 2008/07/13 16:08:17 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: beep
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int beep(void);
+ int flash(void);
+
+ Description:
+ beep() sounds the audible bell on the terminal, if possible;
+ if not, it calls flash().
+
+ flash() "flashes" the screen, by inverting the foreground and
+ background of every cell, pausing, and then restoring the
+ original attributes.
+
+ Return Value:
+ These functions return OK.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ beep Y Y Y
+ flash Y Y Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int beep(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("beep() - called\n"));
+
+ if (SP->audible)
+ PDC_beep();
+ else
+ flash();
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int flash(void)
+{
+ int z, y, x;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("flash() - called\n"));
+
+ /* Reverse each cell; wait; restore the screen */
+
+ for (z = 0; z < 2; z++)
+ {
+ for (y = 0; y < LINES; y++)
+ for (x = 0; x < COLS; x++)
+ curscr->_y[y][x] ^= A_REVERSE;
+
+ wrefresh(curscr);
+
+ if (!z)
+ napms(50);
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/bkgd.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/bkgd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..083239e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/bkgd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: bkgd.c,v 1.39 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: bkgd
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int bkgd(chtype ch);
+ void bkgdset(chtype ch);
+ chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);
+ int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+ void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+
+ int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch);
+ void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch);
+ int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch);
+ int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+ void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+ int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);
+
+ Description:
+ bkgdset() and wbkgdset() manipulate the background of a window.
+ The background is a chtype consisting of any combination of
+ attributes and a character; it is combined with each chtype
+ added or inserted to the window by waddch() or winsch(). Only
+ the attribute part is used to set the background of non-blank
+ characters, while both character and attributes are used for
+ blank positions.
+
+ bkgd() and wbkgd() not only change the background, but apply it
+ immediately to every cell in the window.
+
+ The attributes that are defined with the attrset()/attron() set
+ of functions take precedence over the background attributes if
+ there is a conflict (e.g., different color pairs).
+
+ Return Value:
+ bkgd() and wbkgd() return OK, unless the window is NULL, in
+ which case they return ERR.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ bkgd Y - 4.0
+ bkgdset Y - 4.0
+ getbkgd Y
+ wbkgd Y - 4.0
+ wbkgdset Y - 4.0
+ bkgrnd Y
+ bkgrndset Y
+ getbkgrnd Y
+ wbkgrnd Y
+ wbkgrndset Y
+ wgetbkgrnd Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+ int x, y;
+ chtype oldcolr, oldch, newcolr, newch, colr, attr;
+ chtype oldattr = 0, newattr = 0;
+ chtype *winptr;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wbkgd() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (win->_bkgd == ch)
+ return OK;
+
+ oldcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR;
+ if (oldcolr)
+ oldattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ oldcolr;
+
+ oldch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+ wbkgdset(win, ch);
+
+ newcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR;
+ if (newcolr)
+ newattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr;
+
+ newch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+ /* what follows is what seems to occur in the System V
+ implementation of this routine */
+
+ for (y = 0; y < win->_maxy; y++)
+ {
+ for (x = 0; x < win->_maxx; x++)
+ {
+ winptr = win->_y[y] + x;
+
+ ch = *winptr;
+
+ /* determine the colors and attributes of the character read
+ from the window */
+
+ colr = ch & A_COLOR;
+ attr = ch & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
+
+ /* if the color is the same as the old background color,
+ then make it the new background color, otherwise leave it */
+
+ if (colr == oldcolr)
+ colr = newcolr;
+
+ /* remove any attributes (non color) from the character that
+ were part of the old background, then combine the
+ remaining ones with the new background */
+
+ attr ^= oldattr;
+ attr |= newattr;
+
+ /* change character if it is there because it was the old
+ background character */
+
+ ch &= A_CHARTEXT;
+ if (ch == oldch)
+ ch = newch;
+
+ ch |= (attr | colr);
+
+ *winptr = ch;
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ touchwin(win);
+ PDC_sync(win);
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int bkgd(chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("bkgd() - called\n"));
+
+ return wbkgd(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n"));
+
+ if (win)
+ {
+ if (!(ch & A_CHARTEXT))
+ ch |= ' ';
+
+ win->_bkgd = ch;
+ }
+}
+
+void bkgdset(chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("bkgdset() - called\n"));
+
+ wbkgdset(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getbkgd() - called\n"));
+
+ return win ? win->_bkgd : (chtype)ERR;
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wbkgrnd() - called\n"));
+
+ return wch ? wbkgd(win, *wch) : ERR;
+}
+
+int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("bkgrnd() - called\n"));
+
+ return wbkgrnd(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wch)
+ wbkgdset(win, *wch);
+}
+
+void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("bkgrndset() - called\n"));
+
+ wbkgrndset(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wgetbkgrnd() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || !wch)
+ return ERR;
+
+ *wch = win->_bkgd;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getbkgrnd() - called\n"));
+
+ return wgetbkgrnd(stdscr, wch);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/border.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/border.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec86aaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/border.c
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: border.c,v 1.53 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: border
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl,
+ chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
+ int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts,
+ chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
+ int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);
+ int hline(chtype ch, int n);
+ int vline(chtype ch, int n);
+ int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
+ int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
+ int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+ int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+ int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+ int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+
+ int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
+ const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
+ const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
+ const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
+ int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
+ const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
+ const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
+ const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
+ int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch);
+ int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+
+ Description:
+ border(), wborder(), and box() draw a border around the edge of
+ the window. If any argument is zero, an appropriate default is
+ used:
+
+ ls left side of border ACS_VLINE
+ rs right side of border ACS_VLINE
+ ts top side of border ACS_HLINE
+ bs bottom side of border ACS_HLINE
+ tl top left corner of border ACS_ULCORNER
+ tr top right corner of border ACS_URCORNER
+ bl bottom left corner of border ACS_LLCORNER
+ br bottom right corner of border ACS_LRCORNER
+
+ hline() and whline() draw a horizontal line, using ch, starting
+ from the current cursor position. The cursor position does not
+ change. The line is at most n characters long, or as many as
+ will fit in the window.
+
+ vline() and wvline() draw a vertical line, using ch, starting
+ from the current cursor position. The cursor position does not
+ change. The line is at most n characters long, or as many as
+ will fit in the window.
+
+ Return Value:
+ These functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ border Y - 4.0
+ wborder Y - 4.0
+ box Y Y Y
+ hline Y - 4.0
+ vline Y - 4.0
+ whline Y - 4.0
+ wvline Y - 4.0
+ mvhline Y
+ mvvline Y
+ mvwhline Y
+ mvwvline Y
+ border_set Y
+ wborder_set Y
+ box_set Y
+ hline_set Y
+ vline_set Y
+ whline_set Y
+ wvline_set Y
+ mvhline_set Y
+ mvvline_set Y
+ mvwhline_set Y
+ mvwvline_set Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+/* _attr_passthru() -- Takes a single chtype 'ch' and checks if the
+ current attribute of window 'win', as set by wattrset(), and/or the
+ current background of win, as set by wbkgd(), should by combined with
+ it. Attributes set explicitly in ch take precedence. */
+
+static chtype _attr_passthru(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+ chtype attr;
+
+ /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute, then
+ use the current attributes for the window. If the incoming
+ character has attributes, but not a color component, OR the
+ attributes to the current attributes for the window. If the
+ incoming character has a color component, use only the attributes
+ from the incoming character. */
+
+ attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+ if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+ attr |= win->_attrs;
+
+ /* wrs (4/10/93) -- Apply the same sort of logic for the window
+ background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
+ attributes are not there. */
+
+ if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+ attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+ else
+ attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
+
+ ch = (ch & A_CHARTEXT) | attr;
+
+ return ch;
+}
+
+int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs,
+ chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
+{
+ int i, ymax, xmax;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wborder() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ ymax = win->_maxy - 1;
+ xmax = win->_maxx - 1;
+
+ ls = _attr_passthru(win, ls ? ls : ACS_VLINE);
+ rs = _attr_passthru(win, rs ? rs : ACS_VLINE);
+ ts = _attr_passthru(win, ts ? ts : ACS_HLINE);
+ bs = _attr_passthru(win, bs ? bs : ACS_HLINE);
+ tl = _attr_passthru(win, tl ? tl : ACS_ULCORNER);
+ tr = _attr_passthru(win, tr ? tr : ACS_URCORNER);
+ bl = _attr_passthru(win, bl ? bl : ACS_LLCORNER);
+ br = _attr_passthru(win, br ? br : ACS_LRCORNER);
+
+ for (i = 1; i < xmax; i++)
+ {
+ win->_y[0][i] = ts;
+ win->_y[ymax][i] = bs;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 1; i < ymax; i++)
+ {
+ win->_y[i][0] = ls;
+ win->_y[i][xmax] = rs;
+ }
+
+ win->_y[0][0] = tl;
+ win->_y[0][xmax] = tr;
+ win->_y[ymax][0] = bl;
+ win->_y[ymax][xmax] = br;
+
+ for (i = 0; i <= ymax; i++)
+ {
+ win->_firstch[i] = 0;
+ win->_lastch[i] = xmax;
+ }
+
+ PDC_sync(win);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl,
+ chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("border() - called\n"));
+
+ return wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br);
+}
+
+int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("box() - called\n"));
+
+ return wborder(win, verch, verch, horch, horch, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+ chtype *dest;
+ int startpos, endpos;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("whline() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || n < 1)
+ return ERR;
+
+ startpos = win->_curx;
+ endpos = min(startpos + n, win->_maxx) - 1;
+ dest = win->_y[win->_cury];
+ ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_HLINE);
+
+ for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++)
+ dest[n] = ch;
+
+ n = win->_cury;
+
+ if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
+ win->_firstch[n] = startpos;
+
+ if (endpos > win->_lastch[n])
+ win->_lastch[n] = endpos;
+
+ PDC_sync(win);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int hline(chtype ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("hline() - called\n"));
+
+ return whline(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvhline() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return whline(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwhline() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return whline(win, ch, n);
+}
+
+int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+ int endpos, x;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wvline() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || n < 1)
+ return ERR;
+
+ endpos = min(win->_cury + n, win->_maxy);
+ x = win->_curx;
+
+ ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_VLINE);
+
+ for (n = win->_cury; n < endpos; n++)
+ {
+ win->_y[n][x] = ch;
+
+ if (x < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
+ win->_firstch[n] = x;
+
+ if (x > win->_lastch[n])
+ win->_lastch[n] = x;
+ }
+
+ PDC_sync(win);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int vline(chtype ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("vline() - called\n"));
+
+ return wvline(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvvline() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wvline(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwvline() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wvline(win, ch, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
+ const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl,
+ const cchar_t *tr, const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wborder_set() - called\n"));
+
+ return wborder(win, ls ? *ls : 0, rs ? *rs : 0, ts ? *ts : 0,
+ bs ? *bs : 0, tl ? *tl : 0, tr ? *tr : 0,
+ bl ? *bl : 0, br ? *br : 0);
+}
+
+int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, const cchar_t *ts,
+ const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
+ const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("border_set() - called\n"));
+
+ return wborder_set(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br);
+}
+
+int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("box_set() - called\n"));
+
+ return wborder_set(win, verch, verch, horch, horch,
+ (const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL,
+ (const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL);
+}
+
+int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("whline_set() - called\n"));
+
+ return wch ? whline(win, *wch, n) : ERR;
+}
+
+int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("hline_set() - called\n"));
+
+ return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvhline_set() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwhline_set() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return whline_set(win, wch, n);
+}
+
+int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wvline_set() - called\n"));
+
+ return wch ? wvline(win, *wch, n) : ERR;
+}
+
+int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("vline_set() - called\n"));
+
+ return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvvline_set() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwvline_set() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wvline_set(win, wch, n);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/clear.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/clear.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eda3385
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/clear.c
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: clear.c,v 1.35 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: clear
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int clear(void);
+ int wclear(WINDOW *win);
+ int erase(void);
+ int werase(WINDOW *win);
+ int clrtobot(void);
+ int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);
+ int clrtoeol(void);
+ int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);
+
+ Description:
+ erase() and werase() copy blanks (i.e. the background chtype) to
+ every cell of the window.
+
+ clear() and wclear() are similar to erase() and werase(), but
+ they also call clearok() to ensure that the the window is
+ cleared on the next wrefresh().
+
+ clrtobot() and wclrtobot() clear the window from the current
+ cursor position to the end of the window.
+
+ clrtoeol() and wclrtoeol() clear the window from the current
+ cursor position to the end of the current line.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ clear Y Y Y
+ wclear Y Y Y
+ erase Y Y Y
+ werase Y Y Y
+ clrtobot Y Y Y
+ wclrtobot Y Y Y
+ clrtoeol Y Y Y
+ wclrtoeol Y Y Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int x, y, minx;
+ chtype blank, *ptr;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wclrtoeol() - called: Row: %d Col: %d\n",
+ win->_cury, win->_curx));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ y = win->_cury;
+ x = win->_curx;
+
+ /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
+
+ blank = win->_bkgd;
+
+ for (minx = x, ptr = &win->_y[y][x]; minx < win->_maxx; minx++, ptr++)
+ *ptr = blank;
+
+ if (x < win->_firstch[y] || win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE)
+ win->_firstch[y] = x;
+
+ win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
+
+ PDC_sync(win);
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int clrtoeol(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("clrtoeol() - called\n"));
+
+ return wclrtoeol(stdscr);
+}
+
+int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int savey = win->_cury;
+ int savex = win->_curx;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wclrtobot() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ /* should this involve scrolling region somehow ? */
+
+ if (win->_cury + 1 < win->_maxy)
+ {
+ win->_curx = 0;
+ win->_cury++;
+ for (; win->_maxy > win->_cury; win->_cury++)
+ wclrtoeol(win);
+ win->_cury = savey;
+ win->_curx = savex;
+ }
+ wclrtoeol(win);
+
+ PDC_sync(win);
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int clrtobot(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("clrtobot() - called\n"));
+
+ return wclrtobot(stdscr);
+}
+
+int werase(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("werase() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, 0, 0) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wclrtobot(win);
+}
+
+int erase(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("erase() - called\n"));
+
+ return werase(stdscr);
+}
+
+int wclear(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wclear() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_clear = TRUE;
+ return werase(win);
+}
+
+int clear(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("clear() - called\n"));
+
+ return wclear(stdscr);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/color.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/color.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..038f760
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/color.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: color.c,v 1.83 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: color
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int start_color(void);
+ int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg);
+ int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue);
+ bool has_colors(void);
+ bool can_change_color(void);
+ int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue);
+ int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg);
+
+ int assume_default_colors(int f, int b);
+ int use_default_colors(void);
+
+ int PDC_set_line_color(short color);
+
+ Description:
+ To use these routines, start_color() must be called, usually
+ immediately after initscr(). Colors are always used in pairs,
+ referred to as color-pairs. A color-pair consists of a
+ foreground color and a background color. A color-pair is
+ initialized via init_pair(). After initialization, COLOR_PAIR(n)
+ can be used like any other video attribute.
+
+ start_color() initializes eight basic colors (black, red, green,
+ yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, and white), and two global
+ variables; COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS (respectively defining the
+ maximum number of colors and color-pairs the terminal is capable
+ of displaying).
+
+ init_pair() changes the definition of a color-pair. It takes
+ three arguments: the number of the color-pair to be redefined,
+ and the new values of the foreground and background colors. The
+ pair number must be between 0 and COLOR_PAIRS - 1, inclusive.
+ The foreground and background must be between 0 and COLORS - 1,
+ inclusive. If the color pair was previously initialized, the
+ screen is refreshed, and all occurrences of that color-pair are
+ changed to the new definition.
+
+ has_colors() indicates if the terminal supports, and can
+ maniplulate color. It returns TRUE or FALSE.
+
+ can_change_color() indicates if the terminal has the capability
+ to change the definition of its colors.
+
+ pair_content() is used to determine what the colors of a given
+ color-pair consist of.
+
+ assume_default_colors() and use_default_colors() emulate the
+ ncurses extensions of the same names. assume_default_colors(f,
+ b) is essentially the same as init_pair(0, f, b) (which isn't
+ allowed); it redefines the default colors. use_default_colors()
+ allows the use of -1 as a foreground or background color with
+ init_pair(), and calls assume_default_colors(-1, -1); -1
+ represents the foreground or background color that the terminal
+ had at startup. If the environment variable PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS
+ is set at the time start_color() is called, that's equivalent to
+ calling use_default_colors().
+
+ PDC_set_line_color() is used to set the color, globally, for
+ the color of the lines drawn for the attributes: A_UNDERLINE,
+ A_OVERLINE, A_LEFTLINE and A_RIGHTLINE. A value of -1 (the
+ default) indicates that the current foreground color should be
+ used.
+
+ NOTE: COLOR_PAIR() and PAIR_NUMBER() are implemented as macros.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error, except for
+ has_colors() and can_change_colors(), which return TRUE or FALSE.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ start_color Y - 3.2
+ init_pair Y - 3.2
+ init_color Y - 3.2
+ has_colors Y - 3.2
+ can_change_color Y - 3.2
+ color_content Y - 3.2
+ pair_content Y - 3.2
+ assume_default_colors - - -
+ use_default_colors - - -
+ PDC_set_line_color - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+int COLORS = 0;
+int COLOR_PAIRS = PDC_COLOR_PAIRS;
+
+bool pdc_color_started = FALSE;
+
+/* pair_set[] tracks whether a pair has been set via init_pair() */
+
+static bool pair_set[PDC_COLOR_PAIRS];
+static bool default_colors = FALSE;
+static short first_col = 0;
+
+int start_color(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("start_color() - called\n"));
+
+ if (SP->mono)
+ return ERR;
+
+ pdc_color_started = TRUE;
+
+ PDC_set_blink(FALSE); /* Also sets COLORS, to 8 or 16 */
+
+ if (!default_colors && SP->orig_attr && getenv("PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS"))
+ default_colors = TRUE;
+
+ PDC_init_atrtab();
+
+ memset(pair_set, 0, PDC_COLOR_PAIRS);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+static void _normalize(short *fg, short *bg)
+{
+ if (*fg == -1)
+ *fg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_fore : COLOR_WHITE;
+
+ if (*bg == -1)
+ *bg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_back : COLOR_BLACK;
+}
+
+int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("init_pair() - called: pair %d fg %d bg %d\n", pair, fg, bg));
+
+ if (!pdc_color_started || pair < 1 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS ||
+ fg < first_col || fg >= COLORS || bg < first_col || bg >= COLORS)
+ return ERR;
+
+ _normalize(&fg, &bg);
+
+ /* To allow the PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN option to work, we only reset
+ curscr if this call to init_pair() alters a color pair created by
+ the user. */
+
+ if (pair_set[pair])
+ {
+ short oldfg, oldbg;
+
+ PDC_pair_content(pair, &oldfg, &oldbg);
+
+ if (oldfg != fg || oldbg != bg)
+ curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ PDC_init_pair(pair, fg, bg);
+
+ pair_set[pair] = TRUE;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+bool has_colors(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("has_colors() - called\n"));
+
+ return !(SP->mono);
+}
+
+int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("init_color() - called\n"));
+
+ if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !PDC_can_change_color() ||
+ red < 0 || red > 1000 || green < 0 || green > 1000 ||
+ blue < 0 || blue > 1000)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return PDC_init_color(color, red, green, blue);
+}
+
+int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("color_content() - called\n"));
+
+ if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !red || !green || !blue)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (PDC_can_change_color())
+ return PDC_color_content(color, red, green, blue);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Simulated values for platforms that don't support palette
+ changing */
+
+ short maxval = (color & 8) ? 1000 : 680;
+
+ *red = (color & COLOR_RED) ? maxval : 0;
+ *green = (color & COLOR_GREEN) ? maxval : 0;
+ *blue = (color & COLOR_BLUE) ? maxval : 0;
+
+ return OK;
+ }
+}
+
+bool can_change_color(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("can_change_color() - called\n"));
+
+ return PDC_can_change_color();
+}
+
+int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("pair_content() - called\n"));
+
+ if (pair < 0 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS || !fg || !bg)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return PDC_pair_content(pair, fg, bg);
+}
+
+int assume_default_colors(int f, int b)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("assume_default_colors() - called: f %d b %d\n", f, b));
+
+ if (f < -1 || f >= COLORS || b < -1 || b >= COLORS)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (pdc_color_started)
+ {
+ short fg, bg, oldfg, oldbg;
+
+ fg = f;
+ bg = b;
+
+ _normalize(&fg, &bg);
+
+ PDC_pair_content(0, &oldfg, &oldbg);
+
+ if (oldfg != fg || oldbg != bg)
+ curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+
+ PDC_init_pair(0, fg, bg);
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int use_default_colors(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("use_default_colors() - called\n"));
+
+ default_colors = TRUE;
+ first_col = -1;
+
+ return assume_default_colors(-1, -1);
+}
+
+int PDC_set_line_color(short color)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_line_color() - called: %d\n", color));
+
+ if (color < -1 || color >= COLORS)
+ return ERR;
+
+ SP->line_color = color;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+void PDC_init_atrtab(void)
+{
+ int i;
+ short fg, bg;
+
+ if (pdc_color_started && !default_colors)
+ {
+ fg = COLOR_WHITE;
+ bg = COLOR_BLACK;
+ }
+ else
+ fg = bg = -1;
+
+ _normalize(&fg, &bg);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; i++)
+ PDC_init_pair(i, fg, bg);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/curspriv.h b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/curspriv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..734400b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/curspriv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+/* $Id: curspriv.h,v 1.158 2008/07/13 16:08:16 wmcbrine Exp $ */
+
+/* Private definitions and declarations for use within PDCurses.
+ These should generally not be referenced by applications. */
+
+#ifndef __CURSES_INTERNALS__
+#define __CURSES_INTERNALS__ 1
+
+#define HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "../backend/config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <malloc.h>
+
+#define CURSES_LIBRARY
+#include <curses.h>
+
+#if defined(__TURBOC__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__DJGPP__) || \
+ defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || \
+ defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__PACIFIC__)
+# ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
+# define HAVE_VSSCANF /* have vsscanf() */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__CYGWIN32__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || \
+ defined(__LCC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
+# ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
+# define HAVE_VSNPRINTF /* have vsnprintf() */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE)
+# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1 /* kill nonsense warnings */
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+typedef struct /* structure for ripped off lines */
+{
+ int line;
+ int (*init)(WINDOW *, int);
+} RIPPEDOFFLINE;
+
+/* Window properties */
+
+#define _SUBWIN 0x01 /* window is a subwindow */
+#define _PAD 0x10 /* X/Open Pad. */
+#define _SUBPAD 0x20 /* X/Open subpad. */
+
+/* Miscellaneous */
+
+#define _NO_CHANGE -1 /* flags line edge unchanged */
+
+#define _ECHAR 0x08 /* Erase char (^H) */
+#define _DWCHAR 0x17 /* Delete Word char (^W) */
+#define _DLCHAR 0x15 /* Delete Line char (^U) */
+
+extern WINDOW *pdc_lastscr;
+extern bool pdc_trace_on; /* tracing flag */
+extern bool pdc_color_started;
+extern unsigned long pdc_key_modifiers;
+extern MOUSE_STATUS pdc_mouse_status;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Platform implementation functions */
+
+void PDC_beep(void);
+bool PDC_can_change_color(void);
+int PDC_color_content(short, short *, short *, short *);
+bool PDC_check_key(void);
+int PDC_curs_set(int);
+void PDC_flushinp(void);
+int PDC_get_columns(void);
+int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void);
+int PDC_get_key(void);
+int PDC_get_rows(void);
+void PDC_gotoyx(int, int);
+int PDC_init_color(short, short, short, short);
+void PDC_init_pair(short, short, short);
+int PDC_modifiers_set(void);
+int PDC_mouse_set(void);
+void PDC_napms(int);
+int PDC_pair_content(short, short *, short *);
+void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void);
+void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void);
+int PDC_resize_screen(int, int);
+void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int);
+void PDC_save_screen_mode(int);
+void PDC_scr_close(void);
+void PDC_scr_free(void);
+int PDC_scr_open(int, char **);
+void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool);
+void PDC_transform_line(int, int, int, const chtype *);
+const char *PDC_sysname(void);
+
+/* Internal cross-module functions */
+
+void PDC_init_atrtab(void);
+WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *);
+WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int, int, int, int);
+int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int, int);
+void PDC_slk_free(void);
+void PDC_slk_initialize(void);
+void PDC_sync(WINDOW *);
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t);
+size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t);
+size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *, const wchar_t *, size_t);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PDCDEBUG
+# define PDC_LOG(x) if (pdc_trace_on) PDC_debug x
+# define RCSID(x) static const char *rcsid = x;
+#else
+# define PDC_LOG(x)
+# define RCSID(x)
+#endif
+
+/* Internal macros for attributes */
+
+#ifdef CHTYPE_LONG
+# define PDC_COLOR_PAIRS 256
+#else
+# define PDC_COLOR_PAIRS 32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef max
+# define max(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+#ifndef min
+# define min(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define DIVROUND(num, divisor) ((num) + ((divisor) >> 1)) / (divisor)
+
+#define PDC_CLICK_PERIOD 150 /* time to wait for a click, if
+ not set by mouseinterval() */
+
+#endif /* __CURSES_INTERNALS__*/
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/debug.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/debug.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fd9dcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/debug.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: debug.c,v 1.7 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: debug
+
+ Synopsis:
+ void traceon(void);
+ void traceoff(void);
+ void PDC_debug(const char *, ...);
+
+ Description:
+ traceon() and traceoff() toggle the recording of debugging
+ information to the file "trace". Although not standard, similar
+ functions are in some other curses implementations.
+
+ PDC_debug() is the function that writes to the file, based on
+ whether traceon() has been called. It's used from the PDC_LOG()
+ macro.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ traceon - - -
+ traceoff - - -
+ PDC_debug - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+bool pdc_trace_on = TRUE;
+
+void PDC_debug(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ FILE *dbfp;
+ char hms[9];
+ time_t now;
+
+ if (!pdc_trace_on)
+ return;
+
+ /* open debug log file append */
+
+ dbfp = fopen("trace", "a");
+ if (!dbfp)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr,
+ "PDC_debug(): Unable to open debug log file\n");
+ return;
+ }
+
+// time(&now);
+// strftime(hms, 9, "%H:%M:%S", localtime(&now));
+// fprintf(dbfp, "At: %8.8ld - %s ", (long) clock(), hms);
+
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ vfprintf(dbfp, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+
+ fclose(dbfp);
+}
+
+void traceon(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("traceon() - called\n"));
+
+ pdc_trace_on = TRUE;
+}
+
+void traceoff(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("traceoff() - called\n"));
+
+ pdc_trace_on = FALSE;
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/delch.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/delch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c2416e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/delch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: delch.c,v 1.33 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: delch
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int delch(void);
+ int wdelch(WINDOW *win);
+ int mvdelch(int y, int x);
+ int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+ Description:
+ The character under the cursor in the window is deleted. All
+ characters to the right on the same line are moved to the left
+ one position and the last character on the line is filled with
+ a blank. The cursor position does not change (after moving to
+ y, x if coordinates are specified).
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ delch Y Y Y
+ wdelch Y Y Y
+ mvdelch Y Y Y
+ mvwdelch Y Y Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int wdelch(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int y, x, maxx;
+ chtype *temp1;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wdelch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ y = win->_cury;
+ x = win->_curx;
+ maxx = win->_maxx - 1;
+ temp1 = &win->_y[y][x];
+
+ memmove(temp1, temp1 + 1, (maxx - x) * sizeof(chtype));
+
+ /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
+
+ win->_y[y][maxx] = win->_bkgd;
+
+ win->_lastch[y] = maxx;
+
+ if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x))
+ win->_firstch[y] = x;
+
+ PDC_sync(win);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int delch(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("delch() - called\n"));
+
+ return wdelch(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvdelch(int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvdelch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wdelch(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwdelch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wdelch(win);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/deleteln.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/deleteln.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c856e90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/deleteln.c
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: deleteln.c,v 1.35 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: deleteln
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int deleteln(void);
+ int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);
+ int insdelln(int n);
+ int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);
+ int insertln(void);
+ int winsertln(WINDOW *win);
+
+ int mvdeleteln(int y, int x);
+ int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+ int mvinsertln(int y, int x);
+ int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+ Description:
+ With the deleteln() and wdeleteln() functions, the line under
+ the cursor in the window is deleted. All lines below the
+ current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the
+ window is cleared. The cursor position does not change.
+
+ With the insertln() and winsertn() functions, a blank line is
+ inserted above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
+
+ mvdeleteln(), mvwdeleteln(), mvinsertln() and mvwinsertln()
+ allow moving the cursor and inserting/deleting in one call.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ deleteln Y Y Y
+ wdeleteln Y Y Y
+ mvdeleteln - - -
+ mvwdeleteln - - -
+ insdelln Y - 4.0
+ winsdelln Y - 4.0
+ insertln Y Y Y
+ winsertln Y Y Y
+ mvinsertln - - -
+ mvwinsertln - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ chtype blank, *temp, *ptr;
+ int y;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wdeleteln() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
+
+ blank = win->_bkgd;
+
+ temp = win->_y[win->_cury];
+
+ for (y = win->_cury; y < win->_bmarg; y++)
+ {
+ win->_y[y] = win->_y[y + 1];
+ win->_firstch[y] = 0;
+ win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
+ }
+
+ for (ptr = temp; (ptr - temp < win->_maxx); ptr++)
+ *ptr = blank; /* make a blank line */
+
+ if (win->_cury <= win->_bmarg)
+ {
+ win->_firstch[win->_bmarg] = 0;
+ win->_lastch[win->_bmarg] = win->_maxx - 1;
+ win->_y[win->_bmarg] = temp;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int deleteln(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("deleteln() - called\n"));
+
+ return wdeleteln(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvdeleteln(int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvdeleteln() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wdeleteln(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwdeleteln() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wdeleteln(win);
+}
+
+int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("winsdelln() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (n > 0)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ if (winsertln(win) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+ }
+ else if (n < 0)
+ {
+ n = -n;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ if (wdeleteln(win) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int insdelln(int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("insdelln() - called\n"));
+
+ return winsdelln(stdscr, n);
+}
+
+int winsertln(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ chtype blank, *temp, *end;
+ int y;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("winsertln() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
+
+ blank = win->_bkgd;
+
+ temp = win->_y[win->_maxy - 1];
+
+ for (y = win->_maxy - 1; y > win->_cury; y--)
+ {
+ win->_y[y] = win->_y[y - 1];
+ win->_firstch[y] = 0;
+ win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
+ }
+
+ win->_y[win->_cury] = temp;
+
+ for (end = &temp[win->_maxx - 1]; temp <= end; temp++)
+ *temp = blank;
+
+ win->_firstch[win->_cury] = 0;
+ win->_lastch[win->_cury] = win->_maxx - 1;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int insertln(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("insertln() - called\n"));
+
+ return winsertln(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvinsertln(int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinsertln() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsertln(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinsertln() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsertln(win);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/deprec.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/deprec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83e6131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/deprec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: deprec.c,v 1.6 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/* Deprecated functions. These should not be used, and will eventually
+ be removed. They're here solely for the benefit of applications that
+ linked to them in older versions of PDCurses. */
+
+bool PDC_check_bios_key(void)
+{
+ return PDC_check_key();
+}
+
+int PDC_get_bios_key(void)
+{
+ return PDC_get_key();
+}
+
+bool PDC_get_ctrl_break(void)
+{
+ return !SP->raw_inp;
+}
+
+int PDC_set_ctrl_break(bool setting)
+{
+ return setting ? noraw() : raw();
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getch.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87677ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,410 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: getch.c,v 1.72 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: getch
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int getch(void);
+ int wgetch(WINDOW *win);
+ int mvgetch(int y, int x);
+ int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+ int ungetch(int ch);
+ int flushinp(void);
+
+ int get_wch(wint_t *wch);
+ int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch);
+ int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
+ int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
+ int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch);
+
+ unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void);
+ int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool flag);
+ int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag);
+
+ Description:
+ With the getch(), wgetch(), mvgetch(), and mvwgetch() functions,
+ a character is read from the terminal associated with the window.
+ In nodelay mode, if there is no input waiting, the value ERR is
+ returned. In delay mode, the program will hang until the system
+ passes text through to the program. Depending on the setting of
+ cbreak(), this will be after one character or after the first
+ newline. Unless noecho() has been set, the character will also
+ be echoed into the designated window.
+
+ If keypad() is TRUE, and a function key is pressed, the token for
+ that function key will be returned instead of the raw characters.
+ Possible function keys are defined in <curses.h> with integers
+ beginning with 0401, whose names begin with KEY_.
+
+ If nodelay(win, TRUE) has been called on the window and no input
+ is waiting, the value ERR is returned.
+
+ ungetch() places ch back onto the input queue to be returned by
+ the next call to wgetch().
+
+ flushinp() throws away any type-ahead that has been typed by the
+ user and has not yet been read by the program.
+
+ PDC_get_key_modifiers() returns the keyboard modifiers (shift,
+ control, alt, numlock) effective at the time of the last getch()
+ call, if PDC_save_key_modifiers(TRUE) has been called before the
+ getch(). Use the macros PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_* to determine which
+ modifier(s) were set. PDC_return_key_modifiers() tells getch()
+ to return modifier keys pressed alone as keystrokes (KEY_ALT_L,
+ etc.). These may not work on all platforms.
+
+ NOTE: getch() and ungetch() are implemented as macros, to avoid
+ conflict with many DOS compiler's runtime libraries.
+
+ Return Value:
+ These functions return ERR or the value of the character, meta
+ character or function key token.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ getch Y Y Y
+ wgetch Y Y Y
+ mvgetch Y Y Y
+ mvwgetch Y Y Y
+ ungetch Y Y Y
+ flushinp Y Y Y
+ get_wch Y
+ wget_wch Y
+ mvget_wch Y
+ mvwget_wch Y
+ unget_wch Y
+ PDC_get_key_modifiers - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#define _INBUFSIZ 512 /* size of terminal input buffer */
+#define NUNGETCH 256 /* max # chars to ungetch() */
+
+static int c_pindex = 0; /* putter index */
+static int c_gindex = 1; /* getter index */
+static int c_ungind = 0; /* ungetch() push index */
+static int c_ungch[NUNGETCH]; /* array of ungotten chars */
+
+static int _mouse_key(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int i, key = KEY_MOUSE;
+ unsigned long mbe = SP->_trap_mbe;
+
+ /* Filter unwanted mouse events */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & (1 << i))
+ {
+ int shf = i * 5;
+ short button = pdc_mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK;
+
+ if ( (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf)) &&
+ (button == BUTTON_PRESSED))
+
+ || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf)) &&
+ (button == BUTTON_CLICKED))
+
+ || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf)) &&
+ (button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED))
+
+ || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED << shf)) &&
+ (button == BUTTON_MOVED))
+
+ || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf)) &&
+ (button == BUTTON_RELEASED))
+ )
+ pdc_mouse_status.changes ^= (1 << i);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (pdc_mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED)
+ {
+ if (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED|BUTTON2_MOVED|BUTTON3_MOVED)))
+ pdc_mouse_status.changes ^= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
+ }
+
+ if (pdc_mouse_status.changes &
+ (PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN))
+ {
+ if (!(mbe & MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL))
+ pdc_mouse_status.changes &=
+ ~(PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN);
+ }
+
+ if (!pdc_mouse_status.changes)
+ return -1;
+
+ /* Check for click in slk area */
+
+ i = PDC_mouse_in_slk(pdc_mouse_status.y, pdc_mouse_status.x);
+
+ if (i)
+ {
+ if (pdc_mouse_status.button[0] & (BUTTON_PRESSED|BUTTON_CLICKED))
+ key = KEY_F(i);
+ else
+ key = -1;
+ }
+
+ return key;
+}
+
+int wgetch(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ static int buffer[_INBUFSIZ]; /* character buffer */
+ int key, waitcount;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wgetch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ waitcount = 0;
+
+ /* set the number of 1/20th second napms() calls */
+
+ if (SP->delaytenths)
+ waitcount = 2 * SP->delaytenths;
+ else
+ if (win->_delayms)
+ {
+ /* Can't really do millisecond intervals, so delay in
+ 1/20ths of a second (50ms) */
+
+ waitcount = win->_delayms / 50;
+ if (!waitcount)
+ waitcount = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* refresh window when wgetch is called if there have been changes
+ to it and it is not a pad */
+
+ if (!(win->_flags & _PAD) && ((!win->_leaveit &&
+ (win->_begx + win->_curx != SP->curscol ||
+ win->_begy + win->_cury != SP->cursrow)) || is_wintouched(win)))
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ /* if ungotten char exists, remove and return it */
+
+ if (c_ungind)
+ return c_ungch[--c_ungind];
+
+ /* if normal and data in buffer */
+
+ if ((!SP->raw_inp && !SP->cbreak) && (c_gindex < c_pindex))
+ return buffer[c_gindex++];
+
+ /* prepare to buffer data */
+
+ c_pindex = 0;
+ c_gindex = 0;
+
+ /* to get here, no keys are buffered. go and get one. */
+
+ for (;;) /* loop for any buffering */
+ {
+ /* is there a keystroke ready? */
+
+ if (!PDC_check_key())
+ {
+ /* if not, handle timeout() and halfdelay() */
+
+ if (SP->delaytenths || win->_delayms)
+ {
+ if (!waitcount)
+ return ERR;
+
+ waitcount--;
+ }
+ else
+ if (win->_nodelay)
+ return ERR;
+
+ napms(50); /* sleep for 1/20th second */
+ continue; /* then check again */
+ }
+
+ /* if there is, fetch it */
+
+ key = PDC_get_key();
+
+ if (SP->key_code)
+ {
+ /* filter special keys if not in keypad mode */
+
+ if (!win->_use_keypad)
+ key = -1;
+
+ /* filter mouse events; translate mouse clicks in the slk
+ area to function keys */
+
+ else if (key == KEY_MOUSE)
+ key = _mouse_key(win);
+ }
+
+ /* unwanted key? loop back */
+
+ if (key == -1)
+ continue;
+
+ /* translate CR */
+
+ if (key == '\r' && SP->autocr && !SP->raw_inp)
+ key = '\n';
+
+ /* if echo is enabled */
+
+ if (SP->echo && !SP->key_code)
+ {
+ waddch(win, key);
+ wrefresh(win);
+ }
+
+ /* if no buffering */
+
+ if (SP->raw_inp || SP->cbreak)
+ return key;
+
+ /* if no overflow, put data in buffer */
+
+ if (key == '\b')
+ {
+ if (c_pindex > c_gindex)
+ c_pindex--;
+ }
+ else
+ if (c_pindex < _INBUFSIZ - 2)
+ buffer[c_pindex++] = key;
+
+ /* if we got a line */
+
+ if (key == '\n' || key == '\r')
+ return buffer[c_gindex++];
+ }
+}
+
+int mvgetch(int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvgetch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wgetch(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwgetch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wgetch(win);
+}
+
+int PDC_ungetch(int ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("ungetch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (c_ungind >= NUNGETCH) /* pushback stack full */
+ return ERR;
+
+ c_ungch[c_ungind++] = ch;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int flushinp(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("flushinp() - called\n"));
+
+ PDC_flushinp();
+
+ c_gindex = 1; /* set indices to kill buffer */
+ c_pindex = 0;
+ c_ungind = 0; /* clear c_ungch array */
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_key_modifiers() - called\n"));
+
+ return pdc_key_modifiers;
+}
+
+int PDC_save_key_modifiers(bool flag)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_save_key_modifiers() - called\n"));
+
+ SP->save_key_modifiers = flag;
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_return_key_modifiers() - called\n"));
+
+ SP->return_key_modifiers = flag;
+ return PDC_modifiers_set();
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch)
+{
+ int key;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wget_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!wch)
+ return ERR;
+
+ key = wgetch(win);
+
+ if (key == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ *wch = key;
+
+ return SP->key_code ? KEY_CODE_YES : OK;
+}
+
+int get_wch(wint_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("get_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ return wget_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvget_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wget_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wget_wch(win, wch);
+}
+
+int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch)
+{
+ return PDC_ungetch(wch);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getstr.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6386d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: getstr.c,v 1.51 2008/07/14 04:24:51 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: getstr
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int getstr(char *str);
+ int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
+ int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);
+ int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
+ int getnstr(char *str, int n);
+ int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
+ int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+ int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+
+ int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr);
+ int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr);
+ int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr);
+ int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int, int, wint_t *wstr);
+ int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n);
+ int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n);
+ int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
+ int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
+
+ Description:
+ These routines call wgetch() repeatedly to build a string,
+ interpreting erase and kill characters along the way, until a
+ newline or carriage return is received. When PDCurses is built
+ with wide-character support enabled, the narrow-character
+ functions convert the wgetch()'d values into a multibyte string
+ in the current locale before returning it. The resulting string
+ is placed in the area pointed to by *str. The routines with n as
+ the last argument read at most n characters.
+
+ Note that there's no way to know how long the buffer passed to
+ wgetstr() is, so use wgetnstr() to avoid buffer overflows.
+
+ Return Value:
+ This functions return ERR on failure or any other value on
+ success.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ getstr Y Y Y
+ wgetstr Y Y Y
+ mvgetstr Y Y Y
+ mvwgetstr Y Y Y
+ getnstr Y - 4.0
+ wgetnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvgetnstr Y - -
+ mvwgetnstr Y - -
+ get_wstr Y
+ wget_wstr Y
+ mvget_wstr Y
+ mvwget_wstr Y
+ getn_wstr Y
+ wgetn_wstr Y
+ mvgetn_wstr Y
+ mvwgetn_wstr Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#define MAXLINE 255
+
+int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+ wchar_t wstr[MAXLINE + 1];
+
+ if (n < 0 || n > MAXLINE)
+ n = MAXLINE;
+
+ if (wgetn_wstr(win, (wint_t *)wstr, n) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n);
+#else
+ int ch, i, num, x, chars;
+ char *p;
+ bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wgetnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || !str)
+ return ERR;
+
+ chars = 0;
+ p = str;
+ stop = FALSE;
+
+ x = win->_curx;
+
+ oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */
+ oldecho = SP->echo;
+ oldnodelay = win->_nodelay;
+
+ SP->echo = FALSE; /* we do echo ourselves */
+ cbreak(); /* ensure each key is returned immediately */
+ win->_nodelay = FALSE; /* don't return -1 */
+
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ while (!stop)
+ {
+ ch = wgetch(win);
+
+ switch (ch)
+ {
+
+ case '\t':
+ ch = ' ';
+ num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE;
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+ {
+ if (chars < n)
+ {
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddch(win, ch);
+ *p++ = ch;
+ ++chars;
+ }
+ else
+ beep();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case _ECHAR: /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */
+ if (p > str)
+ {
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+ ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
+ if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+ chars--;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case _DLCHAR: /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */
+ while (p > str)
+ {
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+ ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
+ if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+ }
+ chars = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case _DWCHAR: /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */
+
+ while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) == ' '))
+ {
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+
+ --p; /* remove space */
+ chars--;
+ }
+ while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) != ' '))
+ {
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+
+ ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
+ if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+ chars--;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '\n':
+ case '\r':
+ stop = TRUE;
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddch(win, '\n');
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if (chars < n)
+ {
+ if (!SP->key_code && ch < 0x100)
+ {
+ *p++ = ch;
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddch(win, ch);
+ chars++;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ beep();
+
+ break;
+
+ }
+
+ wrefresh(win);
+ }
+
+ *p = '\0';
+
+ SP->echo = oldecho; /* restore old settings */
+ SP->cbreak = oldcbreak;
+ win->_nodelay = oldnodelay;
+
+ return OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+int getstr(char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wgetstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvgetstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwgetstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int getnstr(char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvgetnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwgetnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wgetnstr(win, str, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ int ch, i, num, x, chars;
+ wint_t *p;
+ bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || !wstr)
+ return ERR;
+
+ chars = 0;
+ p = wstr;
+ stop = FALSE;
+
+ x = win->_curx;
+
+ oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */
+ oldecho = SP->echo;
+ oldnodelay = win->_nodelay;
+
+ SP->echo = FALSE; /* we do echo ourselves */
+ cbreak(); /* ensure each key is returned immediately */
+ win->_nodelay = FALSE; /* don't return -1 */
+
+ wrefresh(win);
+
+ while (!stop)
+ {
+ ch = wgetch(win);
+
+ switch (ch)
+ {
+
+ case '\t':
+ ch = ' ';
+ num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE;
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+ {
+ if (chars < n)
+ {
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddch(win, ch);
+ *p++ = ch;
+ ++chars;
+ }
+ else
+ beep();
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case _ECHAR: /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */
+ if (p > wstr)
+ {
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+ ch = *--p;
+ if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+ chars--;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case _DLCHAR: /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */
+ while (p > wstr)
+ {
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+ ch = *--p;
+ if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+ }
+ chars = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case _DWCHAR: /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */
+
+ while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) == ' '))
+ {
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+
+ --p; /* remove space */
+ chars--;
+ }
+ while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) != ' '))
+ {
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+
+ ch = *--p;
+ if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+ waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+ chars--;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '\n':
+ case '\r':
+ stop = TRUE;
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddch(win, '\n');
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ if (chars < n)
+ {
+ if (!SP->key_code)
+ {
+ *p++ = ch;
+ if (oldecho)
+ waddch(win, ch);
+ chars++;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ beep();
+
+ break;
+
+ }
+
+ wrefresh(win);
+ }
+
+ *p = '\0';
+
+ SP->echo = oldecho; /* restore old settings */
+ SP->cbreak = oldcbreak;
+ win->_nodelay = oldnodelay;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("get_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wget_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvget_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getn_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, n);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getyx.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getyx.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd0564d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/getyx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: getyx.c,v 1.29 2008/07/15 17:13:26 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: getyx
+
+ Synopsis:
+ void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+ void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+ void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+ void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+ void getsyx(int y, int x);
+ int setsyx(int y, int x);
+
+ int getbegy(WINDOW *win);
+ int getbegx(WINDOW *win);
+ int getcury(WINDOW *win);
+ int getcurx(WINDOW *win);
+ int getpary(WINDOW *win);
+ int getparx(WINDOW *win);
+ int getmaxy(WINDOW *win);
+ int getmaxx(WINDOW *win);
+
+ Description:
+ The getyx() macro (defined in curses.h -- the prototypes here
+ are merely illustrative) puts the current cursor position of the
+ specified window into y and x. getbegyx() and getmaxyx() return
+ the starting coordinates and size of the specified window,
+ respectively. getparyx() returns the starting coordinates of the
+ parent's window, if the specified window is a subwindow;
+ otherwise it sets y and x to -1. These are all macros.
+
+ getsyx() gets the coordinates of the virtual screen cursor, and
+ stores them in y and x. If leaveok() is TRUE, it returns -1, -1.
+ If lines have been removed with ripoffline(), then getsyx()
+ includes these lines in its count; so, the returned y and x
+ values should only be used with setsyx().
+
+ setsyx() sets the virtual screen cursor to the y, x coordinates.
+ If y, x are -1, -1, leaveok() is set TRUE.
+
+ getsyx() and setsyx() are meant to be used by a library routine
+ that manipulates curses windows without altering the position of
+ the cursor. Note that getsyx() is defined only as a macro.
+
+ getbegy(), getbegx(), getcurx(), getcury(), getmaxy(),
+ getmaxx(), getpary(), and getparx() return the appropriate
+ coordinate or size values, or ERR in the case of a NULL window.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ getyx Y Y Y
+ getparyx - - 4.0
+ getbegyx - - 3.0
+ getmaxyx - - 3.0
+ getsyx - - 3.0
+ setsyx - - 3.0
+ getbegy - - -
+ getbegx - - -
+ getcury - - -
+ getcurx - - -
+ getpary - - -
+ getparx - - -
+ getmaxy - - -
+ getmaxx - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int getbegy(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getbegy() - called\n"));
+
+ return win ? win->_begy : ERR;
+}
+
+int getbegx(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getbegx() - called\n"));
+
+ return win ? win->_begx : ERR;
+}
+
+int getcury(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getcury() - called\n"));
+
+ return win ? win->_cury : ERR;
+}
+
+int getcurx(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getcurx() - called\n"));
+
+ return win ? win->_curx : ERR;
+}
+
+int getpary(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getpary() - called\n"));
+
+ return win ? win->_pary : ERR;
+}
+
+int getparx(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getparx() - called\n"));
+
+ return win ? win->_parx : ERR;
+}
+
+int getmaxy(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getmaxy() - called\n"));
+
+ return win ? win->_maxy : ERR;
+}
+
+int getmaxx(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getmaxx() - called\n"));
+
+ return win ? win->_maxx : ERR;
+}
+
+int setsyx(int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("setsyx() - called\n"));
+
+ if(y == -1 && x == -1)
+ {
+ curscr->_leaveit = TRUE;
+ return OK;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ curscr->_leaveit = FALSE;
+ return wmove(curscr, y, x);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inch.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7347e74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: inch.c,v 1.33 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: inch
+
+ Synopsis:
+ chtype inch(void);
+ chtype winch(WINDOW *win);
+ chtype mvinch(int y, int x);
+ chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+ int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval);
+ int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval);
+ int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
+ int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
+
+ Description:
+ The inch() functions retrieve the character and attribute from
+ the current or specified window position, in the form of a
+ chtype. If a NULL window is specified, (chtype)ERR is returned.
+
+ The in_wch() functions are the wide-character versions; instead
+ of returning a chtype, they store a cchar_t at the address
+ specified by wcval, and return OK or ERR. (No value is stored
+ when ERR is returned.) Note that in PDCurses, chtype and cchar_t
+ are the same.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ inch Y Y Y
+ winch Y Y Y
+ mvinch Y Y Y
+ mvwinch Y Y Y
+ in_wch Y
+ win_wch Y
+ mvin_wch Y
+ mvwin_wch Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+chtype winch(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("winch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return (chtype)ERR;
+
+ return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
+}
+
+chtype inch(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("inch() - called\n"));
+
+ return winch(stdscr);
+}
+
+chtype mvinch(int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return (chtype)ERR;
+
+ return stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx];
+}
+
+chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return (chtype)ERR;
+
+ return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("win_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || !wcval)
+ return ERR;
+
+ *wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("in_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ return win_wch(stdscr, wcval);
+}
+
+int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvin_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!wcval || (move(y, x) == ERR))
+ return ERR;
+
+ *wcval = stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx];
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!wcval || (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR))
+ return ERR;
+
+ *wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
+
+ return OK;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inchstr.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inchstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50b8cf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inchstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: inchstr.c,v 1.34 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: inchstr
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int inchstr(chtype *ch);
+ int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n);
+ int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch);
+ int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n);
+ int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch);
+ int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n);
+ int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch);
+ int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n);
+
+ int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch);
+ int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);
+ int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch);
+ int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n);
+ int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch);
+ int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n);
+
+ Description:
+ These routines read a chtype or cchar_t string from the window,
+ starting at the current or specified position, and ending at the
+ right margin, or after n elements, whichever is less.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return the number of elements read, or ERR on
+ error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ inchstr Y - 4.0
+ winchstr Y - 4.0
+ mvinchstr Y - 4.0
+ mvwinchstr Y - 4.0
+ inchnstr Y - 4.0
+ winchnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvinchnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvwinchnstr Y - 4.0
+ in_wchstr Y
+ win_wchstr Y
+ mvin_wchstr Y
+ mvwin_wchstr Y
+ in_wchnstr Y
+ win_wchnstr Y
+ mvin_wchnstr Y
+ mvwin_wchnstr Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+ chtype *src;
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("winchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || !ch || n < 0)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if ((win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
+ n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
+
+ src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ *ch++ = *src++;
+
+ *ch = (chtype)0;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int inchstr(chtype *ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("inchstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
+}
+
+int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("winchstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
+}
+
+int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
+}
+
+int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinchstr() - called:\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
+}
+
+int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("inchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winchnstr(win, ch, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("win_wchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return winchnstr(win, wch, n);
+}
+
+int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("in_wchstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
+}
+
+int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("win_wchstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
+}
+
+int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
+}
+
+int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wchstr() - called:\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
+}
+
+int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("in_wchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return win_wchnstr(win, wch, n);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/initscr.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/initscr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d80fa0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/initscr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: initscr.c,v 1.114 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: initscr
+
+ Synopsis:
+ WINDOW *initscr(void);
+ WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char *argv[]);
+ int endwin(void);
+ bool isendwin(void);
+ SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);
+ SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);
+ void delscreen(SCREEN *sp);
+
+ int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols);
+ bool is_termresized(void);
+ const char *curses_version(void);
+
+ Description:
+ initscr() should be the first curses routine called. It will
+ initialize all curses data structures, and arrange that the
+ first call to refresh() will clear the screen. In case of
+ error, initscr() will write a message to standard error and end
+ the program.
+
+ endwin() should be called before exiting or escaping from curses
+ mode temporarily. It will restore tty modes, move the cursor to
+ the lower left corner of the screen and reset the terminal into
+ the proper non-visual mode. To resume curses after a temporary
+ escape, call refresh() or doupdate().
+
+ isendwin() returns TRUE if endwin() has been called without a
+ subsequent refresh, unless SP is NULL.
+
+ In some implementations of curses, newterm() allows the use of
+ multiple terminals. Here, it's just an alternative interface for
+ initscr(). It always returns SP, or NULL.
+
+ delscreen() frees the memory allocated by newterm() or
+ initscr(), since it's not freed by endwin(). This function is
+ usually not needed. In PDCurses, the parameter must be the
+ value of SP, and delscreen() sets SP to NULL.
+
+ set_term() does nothing meaningful in PDCurses, but is included
+ for compatibility with other curses implementations.
+
+ resize_term() is effectively two functions: When called with
+ nonzero values for nlines and ncols, it attempts to resize the
+ screen to the given size. When called with (0, 0), it merely
+ adjusts the internal structures to match the current size after
+ the screen is resized by the user. On the currently supported
+ platforms, this functionality is mutually exclusive: X11 allows
+ user resizing, while DOS, OS/2 and Win32 allow programmatic
+ resizing. If you want to support user resizing, you should check
+ for getch() returning KEY_RESIZE, and/or call is_termresized()
+ at appropriate times; if either condition occurs, call
+ resize_term(0, 0). Then, with either user or programmatic
+ resizing, you'll have to resize any windows you've created, as
+ appropriate; resize_term() only handles stdscr and curscr.
+
+ is_termresized() returns TRUE if the curses screen has been
+ resized by the user, and a call to resize_term() is needed.
+ Checking for KEY_RESIZE is generally preferable, unless you're
+ not handling the keyboard.
+
+ curses_version() returns a string describing the version of
+ PDCurses.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return NULL on error, except endwin(), which
+ returns ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ initscr Y Y Y
+ endwin Y Y Y
+ isendwin Y - 3.0
+ newterm Y - Y
+ set_term Y - Y
+ delscreen Y - 4.0
+ resize_term - - -
+ is_termresized - - -
+ curses_version - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+char ttytype[128];
+
+const char *_curses_notice = "PDCurses 3.4 - Public Domain 2008";
+
+SCREEN *SP = (SCREEN*)NULL; /* curses variables */
+WINDOW *curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the current screen image */
+WINDOW *stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the default screen window */
+WINDOW *pdc_lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL; /* the last screen image */
+
+int LINES = 0; /* current terminal height */
+int COLS = 0; /* current terminal width */
+int TABSIZE = 8;
+
+MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status, pdc_mouse_status;
+
+extern RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5];
+extern char linesrippedoff;
+
+WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("Xinitscr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (SP && SP->alive)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (PDC_scr_open(argc, argv) == ERR)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create SP\n");
+ exit(8);
+ }
+
+ SP->autocr = TRUE; /* cr -> lf by default */
+ SP->raw_out = FALSE; /* tty I/O modes */
+ SP->raw_inp = FALSE; /* tty I/O modes */
+ SP->cbreak = TRUE;
+ SP->save_key_modifiers = FALSE;
+ SP->return_key_modifiers = FALSE;
+ SP->echo = TRUE;
+ SP->visibility = 1;
+ SP->resized = FALSE;
+ SP->_trap_mbe = 0L;
+ SP->_map_mbe_to_key = 0L;
+ SP->linesrippedoff = 0;
+ SP->linesrippedoffontop = 0;
+ SP->delaytenths = 0;
+ SP->line_color = -1;
+
+ SP->orig_cursor = PDC_get_cursor_mode();
+
+ LINES = SP->lines;
+ COLS = SP->cols;
+
+ if (LINES < 2 || COLS < 2)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): LINES=%d COLS=%d: too small.\n",
+ LINES, COLS);
+ exit(4);
+ }
+
+ if ((curscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0)) == (WINDOW *)NULL)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create curscr.\n");
+ exit(2);
+ }
+
+ if ((pdc_lastscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0)) == (WINDOW *)NULL)
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create pdc_lastscr.\n");
+ exit(2);
+ }
+
+ wattrset(pdc_lastscr, (chtype)(-1));
+ werase(pdc_lastscr);
+
+ PDC_slk_initialize();
+ LINES -= SP->slklines;
+
+ /* We have to sort out ripped off lines here, and reduce the height
+ of stdscr by the number of lines ripped off */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < linesrippedoff; i++)
+ {
+ if (linesripped[i].line < 0)
+ (*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS, LINES - 1, 0), COLS);
+ else
+ (*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS,
+ SP->linesrippedoffontop++, 0), COLS);
+
+ SP->linesrippedoff++;
+ LINES--;
+ }
+
+ linesrippedoff = 0;
+
+ if (!(stdscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, SP->linesrippedoffontop, 0)))
+ {
+ fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create stdscr.\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ wclrtobot(stdscr);
+
+ /* If preserving the existing screen, don't allow a screen clear */
+
+ if (SP->_preserve)
+ {
+ untouchwin(curscr);
+ untouchwin(stdscr);
+ stdscr->_clear = FALSE;
+ curscr->_clear = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+
+ PDC_init_atrtab(); /* set up default colors */
+
+ MOUSE_X_POS = MOUSE_Y_POS = -1;
+ BUTTON_STATUS(1) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
+ BUTTON_STATUS(2) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
+ BUTTON_STATUS(3) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
+ Mouse_status.changes = 0;
+
+ SP->alive = TRUE;
+
+ def_shell_mode();
+
+ sprintf(ttytype, "pdcurses|PDCurses for %s", PDC_sysname());
+
+ return stdscr;
+}
+
+WINDOW *initscr(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("initscr() - called\n"));
+
+ return Xinitscr(0, NULL);
+}
+
+int endwin(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("endwin() - called\n"));
+
+ /* Allow temporary exit from curses using endwin() */
+
+ def_prog_mode();
+ PDC_scr_close();
+
+ SP->alive = FALSE;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+bool isendwin(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("isendwin() - called\n"));
+
+ return SP ? !(SP->alive) : FALSE;
+}
+
+SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("newterm() - called\n"));
+
+ return Xinitscr(0, NULL) ? SP : NULL;
+}
+
+SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("set_term() - called\n"));
+
+ /* We only support one screen */
+
+ return (new == SP) ? SP : NULL;
+}
+
+void delscreen(SCREEN *sp)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("delscreen() - called\n"));
+
+ if (sp != SP)
+ return;
+
+ PDC_slk_free(); /* free the soft label keys, if needed */
+
+ delwin(stdscr);
+ delwin(curscr);
+ delwin(pdc_lastscr);
+ stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ pdc_lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ SP->alive = FALSE;
+
+ PDC_scr_free(); /* free SP and pdc_atrtab */
+
+ SP = (SCREEN *)NULL;
+}
+
+int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("resize_term() - called: nlines %d\n", nlines));
+
+ if (!stdscr || PDC_resize_screen(nlines, ncols) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ SP->lines = PDC_get_rows();
+ LINES = SP->lines - SP->linesrippedoff - SP->slklines;
+ SP->cols = COLS = PDC_get_columns();
+
+ if (wresize(curscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR ||
+ wresize(stdscr, LINES, COLS) == ERR ||
+ wresize(pdc_lastscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ werase(pdc_lastscr);
+ curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+
+ if (SP->slk_winptr)
+ {
+ if (wresize(SP->slk_winptr, SP->slklines, COLS) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0);
+ wclrtobot(SP->slk_winptr);
+ PDC_slk_initialize();
+ slk_noutrefresh();
+ }
+
+ touchwin(stdscr);
+ wnoutrefresh(stdscr);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+bool is_termresized(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("is_termresized() - called\n"));
+
+ return SP->resized;
+}
+
+const char *curses_version(void)
+{
+ return _curses_notice;
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inopts.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inopts.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d33fc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/inopts.c
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: inopts.c,v 1.43 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: inopts
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int cbreak(void);
+ int nocbreak(void);
+ int echo(void);
+ int noecho(void);
+ int halfdelay(int tenths);
+ int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ int nl(void);
+ int nonl(void);
+ int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ int raw(void);
+ int noraw(void);
+ void noqiflush(void);
+ void qiflush(void);
+ void timeout(int delay);
+ void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);
+ int typeahead(int fildes);
+
+ int crmode(void);
+ int nocrmode(void);
+
+ Description:
+ cbreak() and nocbreak() toggle cbreak mode. In cbreak mode,
+ characters typed by the user are made available immediately, and
+ erase/kill character processing is not performed. In nocbreak
+ mode, typed characters are buffered until a newline or carriage
+ return. Interrupt and flow control characters are unaffected by
+ this mode. PDCurses always starts in cbreak mode.
+
+ echo() and noecho() control whether typed characters are echoed
+ by the input routine. Initially, input characters are echoed.
+ Subsequent calls to echo() and noecho() do not flush type-ahead.
+
+ halfdelay() is similar to cbreak(), but allows for a time limit
+ to be specified, in tenths of a second. This causes getch() to
+ block for that period before returning ERR if no key has been
+ received. tenths must be between 1 and 255.
+
+ keypad() controls whether getch() returns function/special keys
+ as single key codes (e.g., the left arrow key as KEY_LEFT). Per
+ X/Open, the default for keypad mode is OFF. You'll probably want
+ it on. With keypad mode off, if a special key is pressed,
+ getch() does nothing or returns ERR.
+
+ nodelay() controls whether wgetch() is a non-blocking call. If
+ the option is enabled, and no input is ready, wgetch() will
+ return ERR. If disabled, wgetch() will hang until input is
+ ready.
+
+ nl() enables the translation of a carriage return into a newline
+ on input. nonl() disables this. Initially, the translation does
+ occur.
+
+ raw() and noraw() toggle raw mode. Raw mode is similar to cbreak
+ mode, in that characters typed are immediately passed through to
+ the user program. The difference is that in raw mode, the INTR,
+ QUIT, SUSP, and STOP characters are passed through without being
+ interpreted, and without generating a signal.
+
+ In PDCurses, the meta() function sets raw mode on or off.
+
+ timeout() and wtimeout() set blocking or non-blocking reads for
+ the specified window. The delay is measured in milliseconds. If
+ it's negative, a blocking read is used; if zero, then non-
+ blocking reads are done -- if no input is waiting, ERR is
+ returned immediately. If the delay is positive, the read blocks
+ for the delay period; if the period expires, ERR is returned.
+
+ intrflush(), notimeout(), noqiflush(), qiflush() and typeahead()
+ do nothing in PDCurses, but are included for compatibility with
+ other curses implementations.
+
+ crmode() and nocrmode() are archaic equivalents to cbreak() and
+ nocbreak(), respectively.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ cbreak Y Y Y
+ nocbreak Y Y Y
+ echo Y Y Y
+ noecho Y Y Y
+ halfdelay Y - Y
+ intrflush Y - Y
+ keypad Y - Y
+ meta Y - Y
+ nl Y Y Y
+ nonl Y Y Y
+ nodelay Y - Y
+ notimeout Y - Y
+ raw Y Y Y
+ noraw Y Y Y
+ noqiflush Y - Y
+ qiflush Y - Y
+ timeout Y - Y
+ wtimeout Y - Y
+ typeahead Y - Y
+ crmode -
+ nocrmode -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int cbreak(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("cbreak() - called\n"));
+
+ SP->cbreak = TRUE;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int nocbreak(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("nocbreak() - called\n"));
+
+ SP->cbreak = FALSE;
+ SP->delaytenths = 0;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int echo(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("echo() - called\n"));
+
+ SP->echo = TRUE;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int noecho(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("noecho() - called\n"));
+
+ SP->echo = FALSE;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int halfdelay(int tenths)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("halfdelay() - called\n"));
+
+ if (tenths < 1 || tenths > 255)
+ return ERR;
+
+ SP->delaytenths = tenths;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("intrflush() - called\n"));
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("keypad() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_use_keypad = bf;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("meta() - called\n"));
+
+ SP->raw_inp = bf;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int nl(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("nl() - called\n"));
+
+ SP->autocr = TRUE;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int nonl(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("nonl() - called\n"));
+
+ SP->autocr = FALSE;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("nodelay() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_nodelay = flag;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("notimeout() - called\n"));
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int raw(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("raw() - called\n"));
+
+ PDC_set_keyboard_binary(TRUE);
+ SP->raw_inp = TRUE;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int noraw(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("noraw() - called\n"));
+
+ PDC_set_keyboard_binary(FALSE);
+ SP->raw_inp = FALSE;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+void noqiflush(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("noqiflush() - called\n"));
+}
+
+void qiflush(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("qiflush() - called\n"));
+}
+
+int typeahead(int fildes)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("typeahead() - called\n"));
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wtimeout() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return;
+
+ if (delay < 0)
+ {
+ /* This causes a blocking read on the window, so turn on delay
+ mode */
+
+ win->_nodelay = FALSE;
+ win->_delayms = 0;
+ }
+ else if (!delay)
+ {
+ /* This causes a non-blocking read on the window, so turn off
+ delay mode */
+
+ win->_nodelay = TRUE;
+ win->_delayms = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This causes the read on the window to delay for the number of
+ milliseconds. Also forces the window into non-blocking read
+ mode */
+
+ /*win->_nodelay = TRUE;*/
+ win->_delayms = delay;
+ }
+}
+
+void timeout(int delay)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("timeout() - called\n"));
+
+ wtimeout(stdscr, delay);
+}
+
+int crmode(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("crmode() - called\n"));
+
+ return cbreak();
+}
+
+int nocrmode(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("nocrmode() - called\n"));
+
+ return nocbreak();
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/insch.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/insch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50527f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/insch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: insch.c,v 1.44 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: insch
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int insch(chtype ch);
+ int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+ int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+ int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+
+ int insrawch(chtype ch);
+ int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+ int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+ int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+
+ int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
+ int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+ int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+ int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+
+ Description:
+ The insch() functions insert a chtype into the window at the
+ current or specified cursor position. The cursor is NOT
+ advanced. A newline is equivalent to clrtoeol(); tabs are
+ expanded; other control characters are converted as with
+ unctrl().
+
+ The ins_wch() functions are the wide-character
+ equivalents, taking cchar_t pointers rather than chtypes.
+
+ Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing
+ them into the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be
+ copied from one place to another using inch() and insch().
+
+ insrawch() etc. are PDCurses-specific wrappers for insch() etc.
+ that disable the translation of control characters.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ insch Y Y Y
+ winsch Y Y Y
+ mvinsch Y Y Y
+ mvwinsch Y Y Y
+ insrawch - - -
+ winsrawch - - -
+ ins_wch Y
+ wins_wch Y
+ mvins_wch Y
+ mvwins_wch Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+ int x, y;
+ chtype attr;
+ bool xlat;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("winsch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
+ win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ x = win->_curx;
+ y = win->_cury;
+
+ if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0)
+ return ERR;
+
+ xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET);
+ attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+ ch &= A_CHARTEXT;
+
+ if (xlat && (ch < ' ' || ch == 0x7f))
+ {
+ int x2;
+
+ switch (ch)
+ {
+ case '\t':
+ for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++)
+ {
+ if (winsch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+ }
+ return OK;
+
+ case '\n':
+ wclrtoeol(win);
+ break;
+
+ case 0x7f:
+ if (winsch(win, attr | '?') == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsch(win, attr | '^');
+
+ default:
+ /* handle control chars */
+
+ if (winsch(win, attr | (ch + '@')) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsch(win, attr | '^');
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int maxx;
+ chtype *temp;
+
+ /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute,
+ then use the current attributes for the window. If it has
+ attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to
+ the current attributes for the window. If it has a color
+ component, use the attributes solely from the incoming
+ character. */
+
+ if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+ attr |= win->_attrs;
+
+ /* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window
+ background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
+ attributes are not there and that the background character
+ will only print if the printing character is blank. */
+
+ if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+ attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+ else
+ attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
+
+ if (ch == ' ')
+ ch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+ /* Add the attribute back into the character. */
+
+ ch |= attr;
+
+ maxx = win->_maxx;
+ temp = &win->_y[y][x];
+
+ memmove(temp + 1, temp, (maxx - x - 1) * sizeof(chtype));
+
+ win->_lastch[y] = maxx - 1;
+
+ if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x))
+ win->_firstch[y] = x;
+
+ *temp = ch;
+ }
+
+ PDC_sync(win);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int insch(chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("insch() - called\n"));
+
+ return winsch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinsch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinsch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsch(win, ch);
+}
+
+int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("winsrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x "
+ "(char=%c attr=0x%x)\n", win, ch,
+ ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
+
+ if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f)
+ ch |= A_ALTCHARSET;
+
+ return winsch(win, ch);
+}
+
+int insrawch(chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("insrawch() - called\n"));
+
+ return winsrawch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinsrawch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsrawch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinsrawch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsrawch(win, ch);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wins_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ return wch ? winsch(win, *wch) : ERR;
+}
+
+int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("ins_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ return wins_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvins_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wins_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwins_wch() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wins_wch(win, wch);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/insstr.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/insstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38fa389
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/insstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: insstr.c,v 1.46 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: insstr
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int insstr(const char *str);
+ int insnstr(const char *str, int n);
+ int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
+ int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
+ int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
+ int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+ int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
+ int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+
+ int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
+ int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+ int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
+ int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+ int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+ int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+ int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+ int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+
+ Description:
+ The insstr() functions insert a character string into a window
+ at the current cursor position, by repeatedly calling winsch().
+ When PDCurses is built with wide-character support enabled, the
+ narrow-character functions treat the string as a multibyte
+ string in the current locale, and convert it first. All
+ characters to the right of the cursor are moved to the right,
+ with the possibility of the rightmost characters on the line
+ being lost. The cursor position does not change (after moving
+ to y, x, if specified). The routines with n as the last
+ argument insert at most n characters; if n is negative, then the
+ entire string is inserted.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ insstr Y - 4.0
+ winsstr Y - 4.0
+ mvinsstr Y - 4.0
+ mvwinsstr Y - 4.0
+ insnstr Y - 4.0
+ winsnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvinsnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvwinsnstr Y - 4.0
+ ins_wstr Y
+ wins_wstr Y
+ mvins_wstr Y
+ mvwins_wstr Y
+ ins_nwstr Y
+ wins_nwstr Y
+ mvins_nwstr Y
+ mvwins_nwstr Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+ wchar_t wstr[513], *p;
+ int i;
+#endif
+ int len;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("winsnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
+
+ if (!win || !str)
+ return ERR;
+
+ len = strlen(str);
+
+ if (n < 0 || n < len)
+ n = len;
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+ if (n > 512)
+ n = 512;
+
+ p = wstr;
+ i = 0;
+
+ while (str[i] && i < n)
+ {
+ int retval = PDC_mbtowc(p, str + i, n - i);
+
+ if (retval <= 0)
+ break;
+ p++;
+ i += retval;
+ }
+
+ while (p > wstr)
+ if (winsch(win, *--p) == ERR)
+#else
+ while (n)
+ if (winsch(win, (unsigned char)(str[--n])) == ERR)
+#endif
+ return ERR;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int insstr(const char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("insstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+ return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
+}
+
+int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("winsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+ return winsnstr(win, str, -1);
+}
+
+int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinsstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsnstr(win, str, -1);
+}
+
+int insnstr(const char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("insnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
+
+ return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
+ y, x, str, n));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
+ y, x, str, n));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winsnstr(win, str, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ const wchar_t *p;
+ int len;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wins_nwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || !wstr)
+ return ERR;
+
+ for (len = 0, p = wstr; *p; p++)
+ len++;
+
+ if (n < 0 || n < len)
+ n = len;
+
+ while (n)
+ if (winsch(win, wstr[--n]) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("ins_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wins_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvins_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("ins_nwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, n);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/instr.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/instr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbf369c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/instr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: instr.c,v 1.44 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: instr
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int instr(char *str);
+ int innstr(char *str, int n);
+ int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
+ int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
+ int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);
+ int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+ int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
+ int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+
+ int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr);
+ int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+ int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr);
+ int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+ int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
+ int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+ int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
+ int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+
+ Description:
+ These functions take characters (or wide characters) from the
+ current or specified position in the window, and return them as
+ a string in str (or wstr). Attributes are ignored. The functions
+ with n as the last argument return a string at most n characters
+ long.
+
+ Return Value:
+ Upon successful completion, innstr(), mvinnstr(), mvwinnstr()
+ and winnstr() return the number of characters actually read into
+ the string; instr(), mvinstr(), mvwinstr() and winstr() return
+ OK. Otherwise, all these functions return ERR.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ instr Y - 4.0
+ winstr Y - 4.0
+ mvinstr Y - 4.0
+ mvwinstr Y - 4.0
+ innstr Y - 4.0
+ winnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvinnstr Y - 4.0
+ mvwinnstr Y - 4.0
+ inwstr Y
+ winwstr Y
+ mvinwstr Y
+ mvwinwstr Y
+ innwstr Y
+ winnwstr Y
+ mvinnwstr Y
+ mvwinnwstr Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+ wchar_t wstr[513];
+
+ if (n < 0 || n > 512)
+ n = 512;
+
+ if (winnwstr(win, wstr, n) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n);
+#else
+ chtype *src;
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
+
+ if (!win || !str)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
+ n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
+
+ src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ str[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+ str[i] = '\0';
+
+ return i;
+#endif
+}
+
+int instr(char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("instr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+ return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("winstr() - called: \n"));
+
+ return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int innstr(char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("innstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
+
+ return winnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winnstr(win, str, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ chtype *src;
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
+
+ if (!win || !wstr)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
+ n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
+
+ src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ wstr[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+ wstr[i] = L'\0';
+
+ return i;
+}
+
+int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("inwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("winwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("innwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwinnwstr() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return winnwstr(win, wstr, n);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/kernel.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/kernel.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e41ccf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/kernel.c
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: kernel.c,v 1.78 2008/07/15 17:13:26 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: kernel
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int def_prog_mode(void);
+ int def_shell_mode(void);
+ int reset_prog_mode(void);
+ int reset_shell_mode(void);
+ int resetty(void);
+ int savetty(void);
+ int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));
+ int curs_set(int visibility);
+ int napms(int ms);
+
+ int draino(int ms);
+ int resetterm(void);
+ int fixterm(void);
+ int saveterm(void);
+
+ Description:
+ def_prog_mode() and def_shell_mode() save the current terminal
+ modes as the "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses)
+ state for use by the reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode()
+ functions. This is done automatically by initscr().
+
+ reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode() restore the terminal to
+ "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) state. These
+ are done automatically by endwin() and doupdate() after an
+ endwin(), so they would normally not be called before these
+ functions.
+
+ savetty() and resetty() save and restore the state of the
+ terminal modes. savetty() saves the current state in a buffer,
+ and resetty() restores the state to what it was at the last call
+ to savetty().
+
+ curs_set() alters the appearance of the cursor. A visibility of
+ 0 makes it disappear; 1 makes it appear "normal" (usually an
+ underline) and 2 makes it "highly visible" (usually a block).
+
+ ripoffline() reduces the size of stdscr by one line. If the
+ "line" parameter is positive, the line is removed from the top
+ of the screen; if negative, from the bottom. Up to 5 lines can
+ be ripped off stdscr by calling ripoffline() repeatedly. The
+ function argument, init, is called from within initscr() or
+ newterm(), so ripoffline() must be called before either of these
+ functions. The init function receives a pointer to a one-line
+ WINDOW, and the width of the window. Calling ripoffline() with a
+ NULL init function pointer is an error.
+
+ napms() suspends the program for the specified number of
+ milliseconds. draino() is an archaic equivalent.
+
+ resetterm(), fixterm() and saveterm() are archaic equivalents
+ for reset_shell_mode(), reset_prog_mode() and def_prog_mode(),
+ respectively.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error, except
+ curs_set(), which returns the previous visibility.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ def_prog_mode Y Y Y
+ def_shell_mode Y Y Y
+ reset_prog_mode Y Y Y
+ reset_shell_mode Y Y Y
+ resetty Y Y Y
+ savetty Y Y Y
+ ripoffline Y - 3.0
+ curs_set Y - 3.0
+ napms Y Y Y
+ draino -
+ resetterm -
+ fixterm -
+ saveterm -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5];
+char linesrippedoff = 0;
+
+static struct cttyset
+{
+ bool been_set;
+ SCREEN saved;
+} ctty[3];
+
+enum { PDC_SH_TTY, PDC_PR_TTY, PDC_SAVE_TTY };
+
+static void _save_mode(int i)
+{
+ ctty[i].been_set = TRUE;
+
+ memcpy(&(ctty[i].saved), SP, sizeof(SCREEN));
+
+ PDC_save_screen_mode(i);
+}
+
+static int _restore_mode(int i)
+{
+ if (ctty[i].been_set == TRUE)
+ {
+ memcpy(SP, &(ctty[i].saved), sizeof(SCREEN));
+
+ if (ctty[i].saved.raw_out)
+ raw();
+
+ PDC_restore_screen_mode(i);
+
+ if ((LINES != ctty[i].saved.lines) ||
+ (COLS != ctty[i].saved.cols))
+ resize_term(ctty[i].saved.lines, ctty[i].saved.cols);
+
+ PDC_curs_set(ctty[i].saved.visibility);
+
+ PDC_gotoyx(ctty[i].saved.cursrow, ctty[i].saved.curscol);
+ }
+
+ return ctty[i].been_set ? OK : ERR;
+}
+
+int def_prog_mode(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("def_prog_mode() - called\n"));
+
+ _save_mode(PDC_PR_TTY);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int def_shell_mode(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("def_shell_mode() - called\n"));
+
+ _save_mode(PDC_SH_TTY);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int reset_prog_mode(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("reset_prog_mode() - called\n"));
+
+ _restore_mode(PDC_PR_TTY);
+ PDC_reset_prog_mode();
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int reset_shell_mode(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("reset_shell_mode() - called\n"));
+
+ _restore_mode(PDC_SH_TTY);
+ PDC_reset_shell_mode();
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int resetty(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("resetty() - called\n"));
+
+ return _restore_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY);
+}
+
+int savetty(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("savetty() - called\n"));
+
+ _save_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int curs_set(int visibility)
+{
+ int ret_vis;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
+
+ if ((visibility < 0) || (visibility > 2))
+ return ERR;
+
+ ret_vis = PDC_curs_set(visibility);
+
+ /* If the cursor is changing from invisible to visible, update
+ its position */
+
+ if (visibility && !ret_vis)
+ PDC_gotoyx(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol);
+
+ return ret_vis;
+}
+
+int napms(int ms)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
+
+ if (ms)
+ PDC_napms(ms);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int))
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("ripoffline() - called: line=%d\n", line));
+
+ if (linesrippedoff < 5 && line && init)
+ {
+ linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff].line = line;
+ linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff++].init = init;
+
+ return OK;
+ }
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int draino(int ms)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("draino() - called\n"));
+
+ return napms(ms);
+}
+
+int resetterm(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("resetterm() - called\n"));
+
+ return reset_shell_mode();
+}
+
+int fixterm(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("fixterm() - called\n"));
+
+ return reset_prog_mode();
+}
+
+int saveterm(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("saveterm() - called\n"));
+
+ return def_prog_mode();
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/keyname.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/keyname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d02cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/keyname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: keyname.c,v 1.8 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: keyname
+
+ Synopsis:
+ char *keyname(int key);
+
+ char *key_name(wchar_t c);
+
+ bool has_key(int key);
+
+ Description:
+ keyname() returns a string corresponding to the argument key.
+ key may be any key returned by wgetch().
+
+ key_name() is the wide-character version. It takes a wchar_t
+ parameter, but still returns a char *.
+
+ has_key() returns TRUE for recognized keys, FALSE otherwise.
+ This function is an ncurses extension.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ keyname Y - 3.0
+ key_name Y
+ has_key - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+char *keyname(int key)
+{
+ /* Key names must be in exactly the same order as in curses.h */
+
+ static char *key_name[] =
+ {
+ "KEY_BREAK", "KEY_DOWN", "KEY_UP", "KEY_LEFT", "KEY_RIGHT",
+ "KEY_HOME", "KEY_BACKSPACE", "KEY_F0", "KEY_F(1)", "KEY_F(2)",
+ "KEY_F(3)", "KEY_F(4)", "KEY_F(5)", "KEY_F(6)", "KEY_F(7)",
+ "KEY_F(8)", "KEY_F(9)", "KEY_F(10)", "KEY_F(11)", "KEY_F(12)",
+ "KEY_F(13)", "KEY_F(14)", "KEY_F(15)", "KEY_F(16)", "KEY_F(17)",
+ "KEY_F(18)", "KEY_F(19)", "KEY_F(20)", "KEY_F(21)", "KEY_F(22)",
+ "KEY_F(23)", "KEY_F(24)", "KEY_F(25)", "KEY_F(26)", "KEY_F(27)",
+ "KEY_F(28)", "KEY_F(29)", "KEY_F(30)", "KEY_F(31)", "KEY_F(32)",
+ "KEY_F(33)", "KEY_F(34)", "KEY_F(35)", "KEY_F(36)", "KEY_F(37)",
+ "KEY_F(38)", "KEY_F(39)", "KEY_F(40)", "KEY_F(41)", "KEY_F(42)",
+ "KEY_F(43)", "KEY_F(44)", "KEY_F(45)", "KEY_F(46)", "KEY_F(47)",
+ "KEY_F(48)", "KEY_F(49)", "KEY_F(50)", "KEY_F(51)", "KEY_F(52)",
+ "KEY_F(53)", "KEY_F(54)", "KEY_F(55)", "KEY_F(56)", "KEY_F(57)",
+ "KEY_F(58)", "KEY_F(59)", "KEY_F(60)", "KEY_F(61)", "KEY_F(62)",
+ "KEY_F(63)", "KEY_DL", "KEY_IL", "KEY_DC", "KEY_IC", "KEY_EIC",
+ "KEY_CLEAR", "KEY_EOS", "KEY_EOL", "KEY_SF", "KEY_SR",
+ "KEY_NPAGE", "KEY_PPAGE", "KEY_STAB", "KEY_CTAB", "KEY_CATAB",
+ "KEY_ENTER", "KEY_SRESET", "KEY_RESET", "KEY_PRINT", "KEY_LL",
+ "KEY_ABORT", "KEY_SHELP", "KEY_LHELP", "KEY_BTAB", "KEY_BEG",
+ "KEY_CANCEL", "KEY_CLOSE", "KEY_COMMAND", "KEY_COPY",
+ "KEY_CREATE", "KEY_END", "KEY_EXIT", "KEY_FIND", "KEY_HELP",
+ "KEY_MARK", "KEY_MESSAGE", "KEY_MOVE", "KEY_NEXT", "KEY_OPEN",
+ "KEY_OPTIONS", "KEY_PREVIOUS", "KEY_REDO", "KEY_REFERENCE",
+ "KEY_REFRESH", "KEY_REPLACE", "KEY_RESTART", "KEY_RESUME",
+ "KEY_SAVE", "KEY_SBEG", "KEY_SCANCEL", "KEY_SCOMMAND",
+ "KEY_SCOPY", "KEY_SCREATE", "KEY_SDC", "KEY_SDL", "KEY_SELECT",
+ "KEY_SEND", "KEY_SEOL", "KEY_SEXIT", "KEY_SFIND", "KEY_SHOME",
+ "KEY_SIC", "UNKNOWN KEY", "KEY_SLEFT", "KEY_SMESSAGE",
+ "KEY_SMOVE", "KEY_SNEXT", "KEY_SOPTIONS", "KEY_SPREVIOUS",
+ "KEY_SPRINT", "KEY_SREDO", "KEY_SREPLACE", "KEY_SRIGHT",
+ "KEY_SRSUME", "KEY_SSAVE", "KEY_SSUSPEND", "KEY_SUNDO",
+ "KEY_SUSPEND", "KEY_UNDO", "ALT_0", "ALT_1", "ALT_2", "ALT_3",
+ "ALT_4", "ALT_5", "ALT_6", "ALT_7", "ALT_8", "ALT_9", "ALT_A",
+ "ALT_B", "ALT_C", "ALT_D", "ALT_E", "ALT_F", "ALT_G", "ALT_H",
+ "ALT_I", "ALT_J", "ALT_K", "ALT_L", "ALT_M", "ALT_N", "ALT_O",
+ "ALT_P", "ALT_Q", "ALT_R", "ALT_S", "ALT_T", "ALT_U", "ALT_V",
+ "ALT_W", "ALT_X", "ALT_Y", "ALT_Z", "CTL_LEFT", "CTL_RIGHT",
+ "CTL_PGUP", "CTL_PGDN", "CTL_HOME", "CTL_END", "KEY_A1",
+ "KEY_A2", "KEY_A3", "KEY_B1", "KEY_B2", "KEY_B3", "KEY_C1",
+ "KEY_C2", "KEY_C3", "PADSLASH", "PADENTER", "CTL_PADENTER",
+ "ALT_PADENTER", "PADSTOP", "PADSTAR", "PADMINUS", "PADPLUS",
+ "CTL_PADSTOP", "CTL_PADCENTER", "CTL_PADPLUS", "CTL_PADMINUS",
+ "CTL_PADSLASH", "CTL_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADPLUS", "ALT_PADMINUS",
+ "ALT_PADSLASH", "ALT_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADSTOP", "CTL_INS",
+ "ALT_DEL", "ALT_INS", "CTL_UP", "CTL_DOWN", "CTL_TAB",
+ "ALT_TAB", "ALT_MINUS", "ALT_EQUAL", "ALT_HOME", "ALT_PGUP",
+ "ALT_PGDN", "ALT_END", "ALT_UP", "ALT_DOWN", "ALT_RIGHT",
+ "ALT_LEFT", "ALT_ENTER", "ALT_ESC", "ALT_BQUOTE",
+ "ALT_LBRACKET", "ALT_RBRACKET", "ALT_SEMICOLON", "ALT_FQUOTE",
+ "ALT_COMMA", "ALT_STOP", "ALT_FSLASH", "ALT_BKSP", "CTL_BKSP",
+ "PAD0", "CTL_PAD0", "CTL_PAD1", "CTL_PAD2", "CTL_PAD3",
+ "CTL_PAD4", "CTL_PAD5", "CTL_PAD6", "CTL_PAD7","CTL_PAD8",
+ "CTL_PAD9", "ALT_PAD0", "ALT_PAD1", "ALT_PAD2", "ALT_PAD3",
+ "ALT_PAD4", "ALT_PAD5", "ALT_PAD6", "ALT_PAD7", "ALT_PAD8",
+ "ALT_PAD9", "CTL_DEL", "ALT_BSLASH", "CTL_ENTER",
+ "SHF_PADENTER", "SHF_PADSLASH", "SHF_PADSTAR", "SHF_PADPLUS",
+ "SHF_PADMINUS", "SHF_UP", "SHF_DOWN", "SHF_IC", "SHF_DC",
+ "KEY_MOUSE", "KEY_SHIFT_L", "KEY_SHIFT_R", "KEY_CONTROL_L",
+ "KEY_CONTROL_R", "KEY_ALT_L", "KEY_ALT_R", "KEY_RESIZE",
+ "KEY_SUP", "KEY_SDOWN"
+ };
+
+ PDC_LOG(("keyname() - called: key %d\n", key));
+
+ if ((key >= 0) && (key < 0x80))
+ return unctrl((chtype)key);
+
+ return has_key(key) ? key_name[key - KEY_MIN] : "UNKNOWN KEY";
+}
+
+bool has_key(int key)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("has_key() - called: key %d\n", key));
+
+ return (key >= KEY_MIN && key <= KEY_MAX);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+char *key_name(wchar_t c)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("key_name() - called\n"));
+
+ return keyname((int)c);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/mouse.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/mouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f476dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/mouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: mouse.c,v 1.45 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: mouse
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int mouse_set(unsigned long mbe);
+ int mouse_on(unsigned long mbe);
+ int mouse_off(unsigned long mbe);
+ int request_mouse_pos(void);
+ int map_button(unsigned long button);
+ void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x);
+ unsigned long getmouse(void);
+ unsigned long getbmap(void);
+
+ int mouseinterval(int wait);
+ bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+ bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen);
+ bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen);
+ mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask);
+ int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event);
+ int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);
+
+ Description:
+ As of PDCurses 3.0, there are two separate mouse interfaces: the
+ classic interface, which is based on the undocumented Sys V
+ mouse functions; and an ncurses-compatible interface. Both are
+ active at all times, and you can mix and match functions from
+ each, though it's not recommended. The ncurses interface is
+ essentially an emulation layer built on top of the classic
+ interface; it's here to allow easier porting of ncurses apps.
+
+ The classic interface: mouse_set(), mouse_on(), mouse_off(),
+ request_mouse_pos(), map_button(), wmouse_position(),
+ getmouse(), and getbmap(). An application using this interface
+ would start by calling mouse_set() or mouse_on() with a non-zero
+ value, often ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS. Then it would check for a
+ KEY_MOUSE return from getch(). If found, it would call
+ request_mouse_pos() to get the current mouse status.
+
+ mouse_set(), mouse_on() and mouse_off() are analagous to
+ attrset(), attron() and attroff(). These functions set the
+ mouse button events to trap. The button masks used in these
+ functions are defined in curses.h and can be or'ed together.
+ They are the group of masks starting with BUTTON1_RELEASED.
+
+ request_mouse_pos() requests curses to fill in the Mouse_status
+ structure with the current state of the mouse.
+
+ map_button() enables the specified mouse action to activate the
+ Soft Label Keys if the action occurs over the area of the screen
+ where the Soft Label Keys are displayed. The mouse actions are
+ defined in curses.h in the group that starts with BUTTON_RELEASED.
+
+ wmouse_position() determines if the current mouse position is
+ within the window passed as an argument. If the mouse is
+ outside the current window, -1 is returned in the y and x
+ arguments; otherwise the y and x coordinates of the mouse
+ (relative to the top left corner of the window) are returned in
+ y and x.
+
+ getmouse() returns the current status of the trapped mouse
+ buttons as set by mouse_set() or mouse_on().
+
+ getbmap() returns the current status of the button action used
+ to map a mouse action to the Soft Label Keys as set by the
+ map_button() function.
+
+ The ncurses interface: mouseinterval(), wenclose(),
+ wmouse_trafo(), mouse_trafo(), mousemask(), nc_getmouse(), and
+ ungetmouse(). A typical application using this interface would
+ start by calling mousemask() with a non-zero value, often
+ ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS. Then it would check for a KEY_MOUSE return
+ from getch(). If found, it would call nc_getmouse() to get the
+ current mouse status.
+
+ mouseinterval() sets the timeout for a mouse click. On all
+ current platforms, PDCurses receives mouse button press and
+ release events, but must synthesize click events. It does this
+ by checking whether a release event is queued up after a press
+ event. If it gets a press event, and there are no more events
+ waiting, it will wait for the timeout interval, then check again
+ for a release. A press followed by a release is reported as
+ BUTTON_CLICKED; otherwise it's passed through as BUTTON_PRESSED.
+ The default timeout is 150ms; valid values are 0 (no clicks
+ reported) through 1000ms. In x11, the timeout can also be set
+ via the clickPeriod resource. The return value from
+ mouseinterval() is the old timeout. To check the old value
+ without setting a new one, call it with a parameter of -1. Note
+ that although there's no classic equivalent for this function
+ (apart from the clickPeriod resource), the value set applies in
+ both interfaces.
+
+ wenclose() reports whether the given screen-relative y, x
+ coordinates fall within the given window.
+
+ wmouse_trafo() converts between screen-relative and window-
+ relative coordinates. A to_screen parameter of TRUE means to
+ convert from window to screen; otherwise the reverse. The
+ function returns FALSE if the coordinates aren't within the
+ window, or if any of the parameters are NULL. The coordinates
+ have been converted when the function returns TRUE.
+
+ mouse_trafo() is the stdscr version of wmouse_trafo().
+
+ mousemask() is nearly equivalent to mouse_set(), but instead of
+ OK/ERR, it returns the value of the mask after setting it. (This
+ isn't necessarily the same value passed in, since the mask could
+ be altered on some platforms.) And if the second parameter is a
+ non-null pointer, mousemask() stores the previous mask value
+ there. Also, since the ncurses interface doesn't work with
+ PDCurses' BUTTON_MOVED events, mousemask() filters them out.
+
+ nc_getmouse() returns the current mouse status in an MEVENT
+ struct. This is equivalent to ncurses' getmouse(), renamed to
+ avoid conflict with PDCurses' getmouse(). But if you define
+ NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION (preferably as 2) before including
+ curses.h, it defines getmouse() to nc_getmouse(), along with a
+ few other redefintions needed for compatibility with ncurses
+ code. nc_getmouse() calls request_mouse_pos(), which (not
+ getmouse()) is the classic equivalent.
+
+ ungetmouse() is the mouse equivalent of ungetch(). However,
+ PDCurses doesn't maintain a queue of mouse events; only one can
+ be pushed back, and it can overwrite or be overwritten by real
+ mouse events.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ mouse_set - - 4.0
+ mouse_on - - 4.0
+ mouse_off - - 4.0
+ request_mouse_pos - - 4.0
+ map_button - - 4.0
+ wmouse_position - - 4.0
+ getmouse - - 4.0
+ getbmap - - 4.0
+ mouseinterval - - -
+ wenclose - - -
+ wmouse_trafo - - -
+ mouse_trafo - - -
+ mousemask - - -
+ nc_getmouse - - -
+ ungetmouse - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+static bool ungot = FALSE;
+
+int mouse_set(unsigned long mbe)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mouse_set() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
+
+ SP->_trap_mbe = mbe;
+ return PDC_mouse_set();
+}
+
+int mouse_on(unsigned long mbe)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mouse_on() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
+
+ SP->_trap_mbe |= mbe;
+ return PDC_mouse_set();
+}
+
+int mouse_off(unsigned long mbe)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mouse_off() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
+
+ SP->_trap_mbe &= ~mbe;
+ return PDC_mouse_set();
+}
+
+int map_button(unsigned long button)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("map_button() - called: button %x\n", button));
+
+/****************** this does nothing at the moment ***************/
+ SP->_map_mbe_to_key = button;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int request_mouse_pos(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("request_mouse_pos() - called\n"));
+
+ Mouse_status = pdc_mouse_status;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wmouse_position() - called\n"));
+
+ if (win && wenclose(win, MOUSE_Y_POS, MOUSE_X_POS))
+ {
+ if (y)
+ *y = MOUSE_Y_POS - win->_begy;
+ if (x)
+ *x = MOUSE_X_POS - win->_begx;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (y)
+ *y = -1;
+ if (x)
+ *x = -1;
+ }
+}
+
+unsigned long getmouse(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getmouse() - called\n"));
+
+ return SP->_trap_mbe;
+}
+
+unsigned long getbmap(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("getbmap() - called\n"));
+
+ return SP->_map_mbe_to_key;
+}
+
+/* ncurses mouse interface */
+
+int mouseinterval(int wait)
+{
+ int old_wait;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("mouseinterval() - called: %d\n", wait));
+
+ old_wait = SP->mouse_wait;
+
+ if (wait >= 0 && wait <= 1000)
+ SP->mouse_wait = wait;
+
+ return old_wait;
+}
+
+bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wenclose() - called: %p %d %d\n", win, y, x));
+
+ return (win && y >= win->_begy && y < win->_begy + win->_maxy
+ && x >= win->_begx && x < win->_begx + win->_maxx);
+}
+
+bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen)
+{
+ int newy, newx;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wmouse_trafo() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || !y || !x)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ newy = *y;
+ newx = *x;
+
+ if (to_screen)
+ {
+ newy += win->_begy;
+ newx += win->_begx;
+
+ if (!wenclose(win, newy, newx))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (wenclose(win, newy, newx))
+ {
+ newy -= win->_begy;
+ newx -= win->_begx;
+ }
+ else
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ *y = newy;
+ *x = newx;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mouse_trafo() - called\n"));
+
+ return wmouse_trafo(stdscr, y, x, to_screen);
+}
+
+mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mousemask() - called\n"));
+
+ if (oldmask)
+ *oldmask = SP->_trap_mbe;
+
+ /* The ncurses interface doesn't work with our move events, so
+ filter them here */
+
+ mask &= ~(BUTTON1_MOVED | BUTTON2_MOVED | BUTTON3_MOVED);
+
+ mouse_set(mask);
+
+ return SP->_trap_mbe;
+}
+
+int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event)
+{
+ int i;
+ mmask_t bstate = 0;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("nc_getmouse() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!event)
+ return ERR;
+
+ ungot = FALSE;
+
+ request_mouse_pos();
+
+ event->id = 0;
+
+ event->x = Mouse_status.x;
+ event->y = Mouse_status.y;
+ event->z = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ if (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << i))
+ {
+ int shf = i * 5;
+ short button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK;
+
+ if (button == BUTTON_RELEASED)
+ bstate |= (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf);
+ else if (button == BUTTON_PRESSED)
+ bstate |= (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf);
+ else if (button == BUTTON_CLICKED)
+ bstate |= (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf);
+ else if (button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
+ bstate |= (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf);
+
+ button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK;
+
+ if (button & PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT)
+ bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
+ if (button & PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL)
+ bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
+ if (button & PDC_BUTTON_ALT)
+ bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (MOUSE_WHEEL_UP)
+ bstate |= BUTTON4_PRESSED;
+ else if (MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN)
+ bstate |= BUTTON5_PRESSED;
+
+ /* extra filter pass -- mainly for button modifiers */
+
+ event->bstate = bstate & SP->_trap_mbe;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event)
+{
+ int i;
+ unsigned long bstate;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("ungetmouse() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!event || ungot)
+ return ERR;
+
+ ungot = TRUE;
+
+ pdc_mouse_status.x = event->x;
+ pdc_mouse_status.y = event->y;
+
+ pdc_mouse_status.changes = 0;
+ bstate = event->bstate;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ int shf = i * 5;
+ short button = 0;
+
+ if (bstate & ((BUTTON1_RELEASED | BUTTON1_PRESSED |
+ BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED) << shf))
+ {
+ pdc_mouse_status.changes |= 1 << i;
+
+ if (bstate & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf))
+ button = BUTTON_PRESSED;
+ if (bstate & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf))
+ button = BUTTON_CLICKED;
+ if (bstate & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf))
+ button = BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED;
+
+ if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT)
+ button |= PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT;
+ if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL)
+ button |= PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL;
+ if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT)
+ button |= PDC_BUTTON_ALT;
+ }
+
+ pdc_mouse_status.button[i] = button;
+ }
+
+ if (bstate & BUTTON4_PRESSED)
+ pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP;
+ else if (bstate & BUTTON5_PRESSED)
+ pdc_mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN;
+
+ return ungetch(KEY_MOUSE);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/move.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/move.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30e5908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/move.c
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: move.c,v 1.28 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: move
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int move(int y, int x);
+ int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+ Description:
+ The cursor associated with the window is moved to the given
+ location. This does not move the physical cursor of the
+ terminal until refresh() is called. The position specified is
+ relative to the upper left corner of the window, which is (0,0).
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ move Y Y Y
+ wmove Y Y Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int move(int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("move() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x));
+
+ if (!stdscr || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= stdscr->_maxx || y >= stdscr->_maxy)
+ return ERR;
+
+ stdscr->_curx = x;
+ stdscr->_cury = y;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wmove() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x));
+
+ if (!win || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= win->_maxx || y >= win->_maxy)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_curx = x;
+ win->_cury = y;
+
+ return OK;
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/outopts.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/outopts.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a8fd2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/outopts.c
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: outopts.c,v 1.39 2008/07/14 12:22:13 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: outopts
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ int setscrreg(int top, int bot);
+ int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);
+ int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+
+ int raw_output(bool bf);
+
+ Description:
+ With clearok(), if bf is TRUE, the next call to wrefresh() with
+ this window will clear the screen completely and redraw the
+ entire screen.
+
+ immedok(), called with a second argument of TRUE, causes an
+ automatic wrefresh() every time a change is made to the
+ specified window.
+
+ Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of the
+ window being refreshed. leaveok() allows the cursor to be
+ left wherever the update happens to leave it. It's useful
+ for applications where the cursor is not used, since it reduces
+ the need for cursor motions. If possible, the cursor is made
+ invisible when this option is enabled.
+
+ wsetscrreg() sets a scrolling region in a window; "top" and
+ "bot" are the line numbers for the top and bottom margins. If
+ this option and scrollok() are enabled, any attempt to move off
+ the bottom margin will cause all lines in the scrolling region
+ to scroll up one line. setscrreg() is the stdscr version.
+
+ idlok() and idcok() do nothing in PDCurses, but are provided for
+ compatibility with other curses implementations.
+
+ raw_output() enables the output of raw characters using the
+ standard *add* and *ins* curses functions (that is, it disables
+ translation of control characters).
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ clearok Y Y Y
+ idlok Y Y Y
+ idcok Y - 4.0
+ immedok Y - 4.0
+ leaveok Y Y Y
+ setscrreg Y Y Y
+ wsetscrreg Y Y Y
+ scrollok Y Y Y
+ raw_output - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("clearok() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_clear = bf;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("idlok() - called\n"));
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("idcok() - called\n"));
+}
+
+void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("immedok() - called\n"));
+
+ if (win)
+ win->_immed = bf;
+}
+
+int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("leaveok() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_leaveit = bf;
+
+ curs_set(!bf);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int setscrreg(int top, int bottom)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("setscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom));
+
+ return wsetscrreg(stdscr, top, bottom);
+}
+
+int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bottom)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wsetscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom));
+
+ if (win && 0 <= top && top <= win->_cury &&
+ win->_cury <= bottom && bottom < win->_maxy)
+ {
+ win->_tmarg = top;
+ win->_bmarg = bottom;
+
+ return OK;
+ }
+ else
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("scrollok() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_scroll = bf;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int raw_output(bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("raw_output() - called\n"));
+
+ SP->raw_out = bf;
+
+ return OK;
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/overlay.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/overlay.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9bba50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/overlay.c
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: overlay.c,v 1.36 2008/07/14 12:35:23 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: overlay
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
+ int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
+ int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr,
+ int src_tc, int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br,
+ int dst_bc, bool overlay)
+
+ Description:
+ overlay() and overwrite() copy all the text from src_w into
+ dst_w. The windows need not be the same size. Those characters
+ in the source window that intersect with the destination window
+ are copied, so that the characters appear in the same physical
+ position on the screen. The difference between the two functions
+ is that overlay() is non-destructive (blanks are not copied)
+ while overwrite() is destructive (blanks are copied).
+
+ copywin() is similar, but doesn't require that the two windows
+ overlap. The arguments src_tc and src_tr specify the top left
+ corner of the region to be copied. dst_tc, dst_tr, dst_br, and
+ dst_bc specify the region within the destination window to copy
+ to. The argument "overlay", if TRUE, indicates that the copy is
+ done non-destructively (as in overlay()); blanks in the source
+ window are not copied to the destination window. When overlay is
+ FALSE, blanks are copied.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ overlay Y Y Y
+ overwrite Y Y Y
+ copywin Y - 3.0
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+/* Thanks to Andreas Otte <venn@@uni-paderborn.de> for the
+ corrected overlay()/overwrite() behavior. */
+
+static int _copy_win(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr,
+ int src_tc, int src_br, int src_bc, int dst_tr,
+ int dst_tc, bool overlay)
+{
+ int col, line, y1, fc, *minchng, *maxchng;
+ chtype *w1ptr, *w2ptr;
+
+ int lc = 0;
+ int xdiff = src_bc - src_tc;
+ int ydiff = src_br - src_tr;
+
+ if (!src_w || !dst_w)
+ return ERR;
+
+ minchng = dst_w->_firstch;
+ maxchng = dst_w->_lastch;
+
+ for (y1 = 0; y1 < dst_tr; y1++)
+ {
+ minchng++;
+ maxchng++;
+ }
+
+ for (line = 0; line < ydiff; line++)
+ {
+ w1ptr = src_w->_y[line + src_tr] + src_tc;
+ w2ptr = dst_w->_y[line + dst_tr] + dst_tc;
+
+ fc = _NO_CHANGE;
+
+ for (col = 0; col < xdiff; col++)
+ {
+ if ((*w1ptr) != (*w2ptr) &&
+ !((*w1ptr & A_CHARTEXT) == ' ' && overlay))
+ {
+ *w2ptr = *w1ptr;
+
+ if (fc == _NO_CHANGE)
+ fc = col + dst_tc;
+
+ lc = col + dst_tc;
+ }
+
+ w1ptr++;
+ w2ptr++;
+ }
+
+ if (*minchng == _NO_CHANGE)
+ {
+ *minchng = fc;
+ *maxchng = lc;
+ }
+ else if (fc != _NO_CHANGE)
+ {
+ if (fc < *minchng)
+ *minchng = fc;
+ if (lc > *maxchng)
+ *maxchng = lc;
+ }
+
+ minchng++;
+ maxchng++;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
+{
+ int first_line, first_col, last_line, last_col;
+ int src_start_x, src_start_y, dst_start_x, dst_start_y;
+ int xdiff, ydiff;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("overlay() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!src_w || !dst_w)
+ return ERR;
+
+ first_col = max(dst_w->_begx, src_w->_begx);
+ first_line = max(dst_w->_begy, src_w->_begy);
+
+ last_col = min(src_w->_begx + src_w->_maxx, dst_w->_begx + dst_w->_maxx);
+ last_line = min(src_w->_begy + src_w->_maxy, dst_w->_begy + dst_w->_maxy);
+
+ /* determine the overlapping region of the two windows in real
+ coordinates */
+
+ /* if no overlapping region, do nothing */
+
+ if ((last_col < first_col) || (last_line < first_line))
+ return OK;
+
+ /* size of overlapping region */
+
+ xdiff = last_col - first_col;
+ ydiff = last_line - first_line;
+
+ if (src_w->_begx <= dst_w->_begx)
+ {
+ src_start_x = dst_w->_begx - src_w->_begx;
+ dst_start_x = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dst_start_x = src_w->_begx - dst_w->_begx;
+ src_start_x = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (src_w->_begy <= dst_w->_begy)
+ {
+ src_start_y = dst_w->_begy - src_w->_begy;
+ dst_start_y = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dst_start_y = src_w->_begy - dst_w->_begy;
+ src_start_y = 0;
+ }
+
+ return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_start_y, src_start_x,
+ src_start_y + ydiff, src_start_x + xdiff,
+ dst_start_y, dst_start_x, TRUE);
+}
+
+int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
+{
+ int first_line, first_col, last_line, last_col;
+ int src_start_x, src_start_y, dst_start_x, dst_start_y;
+ int xdiff, ydiff;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("overwrite() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!src_w || !dst_w)
+ return ERR;
+
+ first_col = max(dst_w->_begx, src_w->_begx);
+ first_line = max(dst_w->_begy, src_w->_begy);
+
+ last_col = min(src_w->_begx + src_w->_maxx, dst_w->_begx + dst_w->_maxx);
+ last_line = min(src_w->_begy + src_w->_maxy, dst_w->_begy + dst_w->_maxy);
+
+ /* determine the overlapping region of the two windows in real
+ coordinates */
+
+ /* if no overlapping region, do nothing */
+
+ if ((last_col < first_col) || (last_line < first_line))
+ return OK;
+
+ /* size of overlapping region */
+
+ xdiff = last_col - first_col;
+ ydiff = last_line - first_line;
+
+ if (src_w->_begx <= dst_w->_begx)
+ {
+ src_start_x = dst_w->_begx - src_w->_begx;
+ dst_start_x = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dst_start_x = src_w->_begx - dst_w->_begx;
+ src_start_x = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (src_w->_begy <= dst_w->_begy)
+ {
+ src_start_y = dst_w->_begy - src_w->_begy;
+ dst_start_y = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dst_start_y = src_w->_begy - dst_w->_begy;
+ src_start_y = 0;
+ }
+
+ return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_start_y, src_start_x,
+ src_start_y + ydiff, src_start_x + xdiff,
+ dst_start_y, dst_start_x, FALSE);
+}
+
+int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr, int src_tc,
+ int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br, int dst_bc, int overlay)
+{
+ int src_end_x, src_end_y;
+ int src_rows, src_cols, dst_rows, dst_cols;
+ int min_rows, min_cols;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("copywin() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!src_w || !dst_w || dst_w == curscr || dst_br > dst_w->_maxy
+ || dst_bc > dst_w->_maxx || dst_tr < 0 || dst_tc < 0)
+ return ERR;
+
+ src_rows = src_w->_maxy - src_tr;
+ src_cols = src_w->_maxx - src_tc;
+ dst_rows = dst_br - dst_tr + 1;
+ dst_cols = dst_bc - dst_tc + 1;
+
+ min_rows = min(src_rows, dst_rows);
+ min_cols = min(src_cols, dst_cols);
+
+ src_end_y = src_tr + min_rows;
+ src_end_x = src_tc + min_cols;
+
+ return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_tr, src_tc, src_end_y, src_end_x,
+ dst_tr, dst_tc, overlay);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/pad.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/pad.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccc5db2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/pad.c
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: pad.c,v 1.50 2008/07/14 12:22:13 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: pad
+
+ Synopsis:
+ WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);
+ WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+ int begy, int begx);
+ int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1,
+ int sy2, int sx2);
+ int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1,
+ int sy2, int sx2);
+ int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);
+ int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch);
+
+ Description:
+ A pad is a special kind of window, which is not restricted by
+ the screen size, and is not necessarily associated with a
+ particular part of the screen. You can use a pad when you need
+ a large window, and only a part of the window will be on the
+ screen at one time. Pads are not refreshed automatically (e.g.,
+ from scrolling or echoing of input). You can't call wrefresh()
+ with a pad as an argument; use prefresh() or pnoutrefresh()
+ instead. Note that these routines require additional parameters
+ to specify the part of the pad to be displayed, and the location
+ to use on the screen.
+
+ newpad() creates a new pad data structure.
+
+ subpad() creates a new sub-pad within a pad, at position (begy,
+ begx), with dimensions of nlines lines and ncols columns. This
+ position is relative to the pad, and not to the screen as with
+ subwin. Changes to either the parent pad or sub-pad will affect
+ both. When using sub-pads, you may need to call touchwin()
+ before calling prefresh().
+
+ pnoutrefresh() copies the specified pad to the virtual screen.
+
+ prefresh() calls pnoutrefresh(), followed by doupdate().
+
+ These routines are analogous to wnoutrefresh() and wrefresh().
+ (py, px) specifies the upper left corner of the part of the pad
+ to be displayed; (sy1, sx1) and (sy2, sx2) describe the screen
+ rectangle that will contain the selected part of the pad.
+
+ pechochar() is functionally equivalent to addch() followed by
+ a call to prefresh(), with the last-used coordinates and
+ dimensions. pecho_wchar() is the wide-character version.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ newpad Y - Y
+ subpad Y - Y
+ prefresh Y - Y
+ pnoutrefresh Y - Y
+ pechochar Y - 3.0
+ pecho_wchar Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* save values for pechochar() */
+
+static int save_pminrow, save_pmincol;
+static int save_sminrow, save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol;
+
+WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("newpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d\n", nlines, ncols));
+
+ if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, -1, -1))
+ || !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ werase(win);
+
+ win->_flags = _PAD;
+
+ /* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call to
+ prefresh(). */
+
+ save_pminrow = 0;
+ save_pmincol = 0;
+ save_sminrow = 0;
+ save_smincol = 0;
+ save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1;
+ save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1;
+
+ return win;
+}
+
+WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+ int i;
+ int j = begy;
+ int k = begx;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("subpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n",
+ nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
+
+ if (!orig || !(orig->_flags & _PAD))
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ /* make sure window fits inside the original one */
+
+ if ((begy < orig->_begy) || (begx < orig->_begx) ||
+ (begy + nlines) > (orig->_begy + orig->_maxy) ||
+ (begx + ncols) > (orig->_begx + orig->_maxx))
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ if (!nlines)
+ nlines = orig->_maxy - 1 - j;
+
+ if (!ncols)
+ ncols = orig->_maxx - 1 - k;
+
+ if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ /* initialize window variables */
+
+ win->_attrs = orig->_attrs;
+ win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit;
+ win->_scroll = orig->_scroll;
+ win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay;
+ win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad;
+ win->_parent = orig;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
+ win->_y[i] = (orig->_y[j++]) + k;
+
+ win->_flags = _SUBPAD;
+
+ /* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call
+ to prefresh(). */
+
+ save_pminrow = 0;
+ save_pmincol = 0;
+ save_sminrow = 0;
+ save_smincol = 0;
+ save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1;
+ save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1;
+
+ return win;
+}
+
+int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("prefresh() - called\n"));
+
+ if (pnoutrefresh(win, py, px, sy1, sx1, sy2, sx2) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ doupdate();
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2)
+{
+ int num_cols;
+ int sline = sy1;
+ int pline = py;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("pnoutrefresh() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!w || !(w->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) || (sy2 >= LINES) || (sy2 >= COLS))
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (py < 0)
+ py = 0;
+ if (px < 0)
+ px = 0;
+ if (sy1 < 0)
+ sy1 = 0;
+ if (sx1 < 0)
+ sx1 = 0;
+
+ if (sy2 < sy1 || sx2 < sx1)
+ return ERR;
+
+ num_cols = min((sx2 - sx1 + 1), (w->_maxx - px));
+
+ while (sline <= sy2)
+ {
+ if (pline < w->_maxy)
+ {
+ memcpy(curscr->_y[sline] + sx1, w->_y[pline] + px,
+ num_cols * sizeof(chtype));
+
+ if ((curscr->_firstch[sline] == _NO_CHANGE)
+ || (curscr->_firstch[sline] > sx1))
+ curscr->_firstch[sline] = sx1;
+
+ if (sx2 > curscr->_lastch[sline])
+ curscr->_lastch[sline] = sx2;
+
+ w->_firstch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
+ w->_lastch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
+ }
+
+ sline++;
+ pline++;
+ }
+
+ if (w->_clear)
+ {
+ w->_clear = FALSE;
+ curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* position the cursor to the pad's current position if possible --
+ is the pad current position going to end up displayed? if not,
+ then don't move the cursor; if so, move it to the correct place */
+
+ if (!w->_leaveit && w->_cury >= py && w->_curx >= px &&
+ w->_cury <= py + (sy2 - sy1) && w->_curx <= px + (sx2 - sx1))
+ {
+ curscr->_cury = (w->_cury - py) + sy1;
+ curscr->_curx = (w->_curx - px) + sx1;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("pechochar() - called\n"));
+
+ if (waddch(pad, ch) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow,
+ save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("pecho_wchar() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!wch || (waddch(pad, *wch) == ERR))
+ return ERR;
+
+ return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow,
+ save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/panel.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/panel.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77028c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/panel.c
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: panel.c,v 1.8 2008/07/14 12:35:23 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: panel
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan);
+ int del_panel(PANEL *pan);
+ int hide_panel(PANEL *pan);
+ int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx);
+ PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win);
+ PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan);
+ PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan);
+ int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan);
+ const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan);
+ WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan);
+ int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win);
+ int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr);
+ int show_panel(PANEL *pan);
+ int top_panel(PANEL *pan);
+ void update_panels(void);
+
+ Description:
+ The panel library is built using the curses library, and any
+ program using panels routines must call one of the curses
+ initialization routines such as initscr(). A program using these
+ routines must be linked with the panels and curses libraries.
+ The header <panel.h> includes the header <curses.h>.
+
+ The panels package gives the applications programmer a way to
+ have depth relationships between curses windows; a curses window
+ is associated with every panel. The panels routines allow curses
+ windows to overlap without making visible the overlapped
+ portions of underlying windows. The initial curses window,
+ stdscr, lies beneath all panels. The set of currently visible
+ panels is the 'deck' of panels.
+
+ The panels package allows the applications programmer to create
+ panels, fetch and set their associated windows, shuffle panels
+ in the deck, and manipulate panels in other ways.
+
+ bottom_panel() places pan at the bottom of the deck. The size,
+ location and contents of the panel are unchanged.
+
+ del_panel() deletes pan, but not its associated winwow.
+
+ hide_panel() removes a panel from the deck and thus hides it
+ from view.
+
+ move_panel() moves the curses window associated with pan, so
+ that its upper lefthand corner is at the supplied coordinates.
+ (Do not use mvwin() on the window.)
+
+ new_panel() creates a new panel associated with win and returns
+ the panel pointer. The new panel is placed at the top of the
+ deck.
+
+ panel_above() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck above
+ pan, or NULL if pan is the top panel. If the value of pan passed
+ is NULL, this function returns a pointer to the bottom panel in
+ the deck.
+
+ panel_below() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck below
+ pan, or NULL if pan is the bottom panel. If the value of pan
+ passed is NULL, this function returns a pointer to the top panel
+ in the deck.
+
+ panel_hidden() returns OK if pan is hidden and ERR if it is not.
+
+ panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available for
+ maintaining relevant information. This function returns a
+ pointer to that information previously set up by
+ set_panel_userptr().
+
+ panel_window() returns a pointer to the curses window associated
+ with the panel.
+
+ replace_panel() replaces the current window of pan with win.
+
+ set_panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available
+ for maintaining relevant information. This function sets the
+ value of that information.
+
+ show_panel() makes a previously hidden panel visible and places
+ it back in the deck on top.
+
+ top_panel() places pan on the top of the deck. The size,
+ location and contents of the panel are unchanged.
+
+ update_panels() refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the
+ depth relationships between the panels in the deck. The user
+ must use doupdate() to refresh the physical screen.
+
+ Return Value:
+ Each routine that returns a pointer to an object returns NULL if
+ an error occurs. Each panel routine that returns an integer,
+ returns OK if it executes successfully and ERR if it does not.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ bottom_panel - - Y
+ del_panel - - Y
+ hide_panel - - Y
+ move_panel - - Y
+ new_panel - - Y
+ panel_above - - Y
+ panel_below - - Y
+ panel_hidden - - Y
+ panel_userptr - - Y
+ panel_window - - Y
+ replace_panel - - Y
+ set_panel_userptr - - Y
+ show_panel - - Y
+ top_panel - - Y
+ update_panels - - Y
+
+ Credits:
+ Original Author - Warren Tucker <wht at n4hgf.mt-park.ga.us>
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <panel.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+PANEL *_bottom_panel = (PANEL *)0;
+PANEL *_top_panel = (PANEL *)0;
+PANEL _stdscr_pseudo_panel = { (WINDOW *)0 };
+
+#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
+
+static void dPanel(char *text, PANEL *pan)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("%s id=%s b=%s a=%s y=%d x=%d", text, pan->user,
+ pan->below ? pan->below->user : "--",
+ pan->above ? pan->above->user : "--",
+ pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx));
+}
+
+static void dStack(char *fmt, int num, PANEL *pan)
+{
+ char s80[80];
+
+ sprintf(s80, fmt, num, pan);
+ PDC_LOG(("%s b=%s t=%s", s80, _bottom_panel ? _bottom_panel->user : "--",
+ _top_panel ? _top_panel->user : "--"));
+
+ if (pan)
+ PDC_LOG(("pan id=%s", pan->user));
+
+ pan = _bottom_panel;
+
+ while (pan)
+ {
+ dPanel("stk", pan);
+ pan = pan->above;
+ }
+}
+
+/* debugging hook for wnoutrefresh */
+
+static void Wnoutrefresh(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ dPanel("wnoutrefresh", pan);
+ wnoutrefresh(pan->win);
+}
+
+static void Touchpan(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ dPanel("Touchpan", pan);
+ touchwin(pan->win);
+}
+
+static void Touchline(PANEL *pan, int start, int count)
+{
+ char s80[80];
+
+ sprintf(s80, "Touchline s=%d c=%d", start, count);
+ dPanel(s80, pan);
+ touchline(pan->win, start, count);
+}
+
+#else /* PANEL_DEBUG */
+
+#define dPanel(text, pan)
+#define dStack(fmt, num, pan)
+#define Wnoutrefresh(pan) wnoutrefresh((pan)->win)
+#define Touchpan(pan) touchwin((pan)->win)
+#define Touchline(pan, start, count) touchline((pan)->win, start, count)
+
+#endif /* PANEL_DEBUG */
+
+static bool _panels_overlapped(PANEL *pan1, PANEL *pan2)
+{
+ if (!pan1 || !pan2)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return ((pan1->wstarty >= pan2->wstarty && pan1->wstarty < pan2->wendy)
+ || (pan2->wstarty >= pan1->wstarty && pan2->wstarty < pan1->wendy))
+ && ((pan1->wstartx >= pan2->wstartx && pan1->wstartx < pan2->wendx)
+ || (pan2->wstartx >= pan1->wstartx && pan2->wstartx < pan1->wendx));
+}
+
+static void _free_obscure(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */
+ PANELOBS *nobs; /* "next" one */
+
+ while (tobs)
+ {
+ nobs = tobs->above;
+ free((char *)tobs);
+ tobs = nobs;
+ }
+ pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
+}
+
+static void _override(PANEL *pan, int show)
+{
+ int y;
+ PANEL *pan2;
+ PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure; /* "this" one */
+
+ if (show == 1)
+ Touchpan(pan);
+ else if (!show)
+ {
+ Touchpan(pan);
+ Touchpan(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel);
+ }
+ else if (show == -1)
+ while (tobs && (tobs->pan != pan))
+ tobs = tobs->above;
+
+ while (tobs)
+ {
+ if ((pan2 = tobs->pan) != pan)
+ for (y = pan->wstarty; y < pan->wendy; y++)
+ if ((y >= pan2->wstarty) && (y < pan2->wendy) &&
+ ((is_linetouched(pan->win, y - pan->wstarty)) ||
+ (is_linetouched(stdscr, y))))
+ Touchline(pan2, y - pan2->wstarty, 1);
+
+ tobs = tobs->above;
+ }
+}
+
+static void _calculate_obscure(void)
+{
+ PANEL *pan, *pan2;
+ PANELOBS *tobs; /* "this" one */
+ PANELOBS *lobs; /* last one */
+
+ pan = _bottom_panel;
+
+ while (pan)
+ {
+ if (pan->obscure)
+ _free_obscure(pan);
+
+ lobs = (PANELOBS *)0;
+ pan2 = _bottom_panel;
+
+ while (pan2)
+ {
+ if (_panels_overlapped(pan, pan2))
+ {
+ if ((tobs = malloc(sizeof(PANELOBS))) == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ tobs->pan = pan2;
+ dPanel("obscured", pan2);
+ tobs->above = (PANELOBS *)0;
+
+ if (lobs)
+ lobs->above = tobs;
+ else
+ pan->obscure = tobs;
+
+ lobs = tobs;
+ }
+
+ pan2 = pan2->above;
+ }
+
+ _override(pan, 1);
+ pan = pan->above;
+ }
+}
+
+/* check to see if panel is in the stack */
+
+static bool _panel_is_linked(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ PANEL *pan2 = _bottom_panel;
+
+ while (pan2)
+ {
+ if (pan2 == pan)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ pan2 = pan2->above;
+ }
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* link panel into stack at top */
+
+static void _panel_link_top(PANEL *pan)
+{
+#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
+ dStack("<lt%d>", 1, pan);
+ if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ return;
+#endif
+ pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+ pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+
+ if (_top_panel)
+ {
+ _top_panel->above = pan;
+ pan->below = _top_panel;
+ }
+
+ _top_panel = pan;
+
+ if (!_bottom_panel)
+ _bottom_panel = pan;
+
+ _calculate_obscure();
+ dStack("<lt%d>", 9, pan);
+}
+
+/* link panel into stack at bottom */
+
+static void _panel_link_bottom(PANEL *pan)
+{
+#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
+ dStack("<lb%d>", 1, pan);
+ if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ return;
+#endif
+ pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+ pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+
+ if (_bottom_panel)
+ {
+ _bottom_panel->below = pan;
+ pan->above = _bottom_panel;
+ }
+
+ _bottom_panel = pan;
+
+ if (!_top_panel)
+ _top_panel = pan;
+
+ _calculate_obscure();
+ dStack("<lb%d>", 9, pan);
+}
+
+static void _panel_unlink(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ PANEL *prev;
+ PANEL *next;
+
+#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
+ dStack("<u%d>", 1, pan);
+ if (!_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ return;
+#endif
+ _override(pan, 0);
+ _free_obscure(pan);
+
+ prev = pan->below;
+ next = pan->above;
+
+ /* if non-zero, we will not update the list head */
+
+ if (prev)
+ {
+ prev->above = next;
+ if(next)
+ next->below = prev;
+ }
+ else if (next)
+ next->below = prev;
+
+ if (pan == _bottom_panel)
+ _bottom_panel = next;
+
+ if (pan == _top_panel)
+ _top_panel = prev;
+
+ _calculate_obscure();
+
+ pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+ pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+ dStack("<u%d>", 9, pan);
+
+}
+
+/************************************************************************
+ * The following are the public functions for the panels library. *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if (!pan)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (pan == _bottom_panel)
+ return OK;
+
+ if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ hide_panel(pan);
+
+ _panel_link_bottom(pan);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int del_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if (pan)
+ {
+ if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ hide_panel(pan);
+
+ free((char *)pan);
+ return OK;
+ }
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int hide_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if (!pan)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (!_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ {
+ pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+ pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+ return ERR;
+ }
+
+ _panel_unlink(pan);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+ int maxy, maxx;
+
+ if (!pan)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ _override(pan, 0);
+
+ win = pan->win;
+
+ if (mvwin(win, starty, startx) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
+ getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
+ pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
+ pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
+
+ if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ _calculate_obscure();
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PANEL *pan = malloc(sizeof(PANEL));
+
+ if (!_stdscr_pseudo_panel.win)
+ {
+ _stdscr_pseudo_panel.win = stdscr;
+ _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstarty = 0;
+ _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstartx = 0;
+ _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendy = LINES;
+ _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendx = COLS;
+ _stdscr_pseudo_panel.user = "stdscr";
+ _stdscr_pseudo_panel.obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
+ }
+
+ if (pan)
+ {
+ int maxy, maxx;
+
+ pan->win = win;
+ pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+ pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+ getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
+ getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
+ pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
+ pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
+#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
+ pan->user = "new";
+#else
+ pan->user = (char *)0;
+#endif
+ pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
+ show_panel(pan);
+ }
+
+ return pan;
+}
+
+PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ return pan ? pan->above : _bottom_panel;
+}
+
+PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ return pan ? pan->below : _top_panel;
+}
+
+int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if (!pan)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return _panel_is_linked(pan) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ return pan ? pan->user : NULL;
+}
+
+WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("panel_window() - called\n"));
+
+ return pan->win;
+}
+
+int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int maxy, maxx;
+
+ if (!pan)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ _override(pan, 0);
+
+ pan->win = win;
+ getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
+ getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
+ pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
+ pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
+
+ if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ _calculate_obscure();
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr)
+{
+ if (!pan)
+ return ERR;
+
+ pan->user = uptr;
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int show_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ if (!pan)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (pan == _top_panel)
+ return OK;
+
+ if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+ hide_panel(pan);
+
+ _panel_link_top(pan);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int top_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+ return show_panel(pan);
+}
+
+void update_panels(void)
+{
+ PANEL *pan;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("update_panels() - called\n"));
+
+ pan = _bottom_panel;
+
+ while (pan)
+ {
+ _override(pan, -1);
+ pan = pan->above;
+ }
+
+ if (is_wintouched(stdscr))
+ Wnoutrefresh(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel);
+
+ pan = _bottom_panel;
+
+ while (pan)
+ {
+ if (is_wintouched(pan->win) || !pan->above)
+ Wnoutrefresh(pan);
+
+ pan = pan->above;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/printw.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/printw.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9be0c5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/printw.c
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: printw.c,v 1.40 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: printw
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int printw(const char *fmt, ...);
+ int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
+ int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
+ int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt,...);
+ int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+ int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+
+ Description:
+ The printw() functions add a formatted string to the window at
+ the current or specified cursor position. The format strings are
+ the same as used in the standard C library's printf(). (printw()
+ can be used as a drop-in replacement for printf().)
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return the number of characters printed, or
+ ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ printw Y Y Y
+ wprintw Y Y Y
+ mvprintw Y Y Y
+ mvwprintw Y Y Y
+ vwprintw Y - 4.0
+ vw_printw Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
+{
+ char printbuf[513];
+ int len;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("vwprintw() - called\n"));
+
+#ifdef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
+ len = vsnprintf(printbuf, 512, fmt, varglist);
+#else
+ len = vsprintf(printbuf, fmt, varglist);
+#endif
+ return (waddstr(win, printbuf) == ERR) ? ERR : len;
+}
+
+int printw(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ int retval;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("printw() - called\n"));
+
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ int retval;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wprintw() - called\n"));
+
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ int retval;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("mvprintw() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ int retval;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwprintw() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("vw_printw() - called\n"));
+
+ return vwprintw(win, fmt, varglist);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/refresh.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/refresh.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b8e1ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/refresh.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: refresh.c,v 1.56 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: refresh
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int refresh(void);
+ int wrefresh(WINDOW *win);
+ int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);
+ int doupdate(void);
+ int redrawwin(WINDOW *win);
+ int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);
+
+ Description:
+ wrefresh() copies the named window to the physical terminal
+ screen, taking into account what is already there in order to
+ optimize cursor movement. refresh() does the same, using stdscr.
+ These routines must be called to get any output on the terminal,
+ as other routines only manipulate data structures. Unless
+ leaveok() has been enabled, the physical cursor of the terminal
+ is left at the location of the window's cursor.
+
+ wnoutrefresh() and doupdate() allow multiple updates with more
+ efficiency than wrefresh() alone. wrefresh() works by first
+ calling wnoutrefresh(), which copies the named window to the
+ virtual screen. It then calls doupdate(), which compares the
+ virtual screen to the physical screen and does the actual
+ update. A series of calls to wrefresh() will result in
+ alternating calls to wnoutrefresh() and doupdate(), causing
+ several bursts of output to the screen. By first calling
+ wnoutrefresh() for each window, it is then possible to call
+ doupdate() only once.
+
+ In PDCurses, redrawwin() is equivalent to touchwin(), and
+ wredrawln() is the same as touchline(). In some other curses
+ implementations, there's a subtle distinction, but it has no
+ meaning in PDCurses.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ refresh Y Y Y
+ wrefresh Y Y Y
+ wnoutrefresh Y Y Y
+ doupdate Y Y Y
+ redrawwin Y - 4.0
+ wredrawln Y - 4.0
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int begy, begx; /* window's place on screen */
+ int i, j;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wnoutrefresh() - called: win=%p\n", win));
+
+ if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) )
+ return ERR;
+
+ begy = win->_begy;
+ begx = win->_begx;
+
+ for (i = 0, j = begy; i < win->_maxy; i++, j++)
+ {
+ if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE)
+ {
+ chtype *src = win->_y[i];
+ chtype *dest = curscr->_y[j] + begx;
+
+ int first = win->_firstch[i]; /* first changed */
+ int last = win->_lastch[i]; /* last changed */
+
+ /* ignore areas on the outside that are marked as changed,
+ but really aren't */
+
+ while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first])
+ first++;
+
+ while (last >= first && src[last] == dest[last])
+ last--;
+
+ /* if any have really changed... */
+
+ if (first <= last)
+ {
+ memcpy(dest + first, src + first,
+ (last - first + 1) * sizeof(chtype));
+
+ first += begx;
+ last += begx;
+
+ if (first < curscr->_firstch[j] ||
+ curscr->_firstch[j] == _NO_CHANGE)
+ curscr->_firstch[j] = first;
+
+ if (last > curscr->_lastch[j])
+ curscr->_lastch[j] = last;
+ }
+
+ win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
+ }
+
+ win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
+ }
+
+ if (win->_clear)
+ win->_clear = FALSE;
+
+ if (!win->_leaveit)
+ {
+ curscr->_cury = win->_cury + begy;
+ curscr->_curx = win->_curx + begx;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int doupdate(void)
+{
+ int y;
+ bool clearall;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!curscr)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (isendwin()) /* coming back after endwin() called */
+ {
+ reset_prog_mode();
+ clearall = TRUE;
+ SP->alive = TRUE; /* so isendwin() result is correct */
+ }
+ else
+ clearall = curscr->_clear;
+
+ for (y = 0; y < SP->lines; y++)
+ {
+ PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - Transforming line %d of %d: %s\n",
+ y, SP->lines, (curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE) ?
+ "Yes" : "No"));
+
+ if (clearall || curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE)
+ {
+ int first, last;
+
+ chtype *src = curscr->_y[y];
+ chtype *dest = pdc_lastscr->_y[y];
+
+ if (clearall)
+ {
+ first = 0;
+ last = COLS - 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ first = curscr->_firstch[y];
+ last = curscr->_lastch[y];
+ }
+
+ while (first <= last)
+ {
+ int len = 0;
+
+ /* build up a run of changed cells; if two runs are
+ separated by a single unchanged cell, ignore the
+ break */
+
+ if (clearall)
+ len = last - first + 1;
+ else
+ while (first + len <= last &&
+ (src[first + len] != dest[first + len] ||
+ (len && first + len < last &&
+ src[first + len + 1] != dest[first + len + 1])
+ )
+ )
+ len++;
+
+ /* update the screen, and pdc_lastscr */
+
+ if (len)
+ {
+ PDC_transform_line(y, first, len, src + first);
+ memcpy(dest + first, src + first, len * sizeof(chtype));
+ first += len;
+ }
+
+ /* skip over runs of unchanged cells */
+
+ while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first])
+ first++;
+ }
+
+ curscr->_firstch[y] = _NO_CHANGE;
+ curscr->_lastch[y] = _NO_CHANGE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ curscr->_clear = FALSE;
+
+ if (SP->visibility)
+ PDC_gotoyx(curscr->_cury, curscr->_curx);
+
+ SP->cursrow = curscr->_cury;
+ SP->curscol = curscr->_curx;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int wrefresh(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ bool save_clear;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wrefresh() - called\n"));
+
+ if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) )
+ return ERR;
+
+ save_clear = win->_clear;
+
+ if (win == curscr)
+ curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+ else
+ wnoutrefresh(win);
+
+ if (save_clear && win->_maxy == SP->lines && win->_maxx == SP->cols)
+ curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+
+ return doupdate();
+}
+
+int refresh(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("refresh() - called\n"));
+
+ return wrefresh(stdscr);
+}
+
+int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int start, int num)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wredrawln() - called: win=%p start=%d num=%d\n",
+ win, start, num));
+
+ if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + num > win->_maxy)
+ return ERR;
+
+ for (i = start; i < start + num; i++)
+ {
+ win->_firstch[i] = 0;
+ win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int redrawwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("redrawwin() - called: win=%p\n", win));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return wredrawln(win, 0, win->_maxy);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scanw.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scanw.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af2bcb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scanw.c
@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: scanw.c,v 1.42 2008/07/14 12:22:13 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: scanw
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int scanw(const char *fmt, ...);
+ int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
+ int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
+ int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
+ int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+ int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+
+ Description:
+ These routines correspond to the standard C library's scanf()
+ family. Each gets a string from the window via wgetnstr(), and
+ uses the resulting line as input for the scan.
+
+ Return Value:
+ On successful completion, these functions return the number of
+ items successfully matched. Otherwise they return ERR.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ scanw Y Y Y
+ wscanw Y Y Y
+ mvscanw Y Y Y
+ mvwscanw Y Y Y
+ vwscanw Y - 4.0
+ vw_scanw Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <ctype.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+
+static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *, const char *, va_list);
+
+# define vsscanf _pdc_vsscanf
+#endif
+
+int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
+{
+ char scanbuf[256];
+
+ PDC_LOG(("vwscanw() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wgetnstr(win, scanbuf, 255) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ return vsscanf(scanbuf, fmt, varglist);
+}
+
+int scanw(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ int retval;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("scanw() - called\n"));
+
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ int retval;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wscanw() - called\n"));
+
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ int retval;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n"));
+
+ if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ int retval;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n"));
+
+ if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+ return ERR;
+
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("vw_scanw() - called\n"));
+
+ return vwscanw(win, fmt, varglist);
+}
+
+#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
+
+/* _pdc_vsscanf() - Internal routine to parse and format an input
+ buffer. It scans a series of input fields; each field is formatted
+ according to a supplied format string and the formatted input is
+ stored in the variable number of addresses passed. Returns the number
+ of input fields or EOF on error.
+
+ Don't compile this unless required. Some compilers (at least Borland
+ C++ 3.0) have to link with math libraries due to the use of floats.
+
+ Based on vsscanf.c and input.c from emx 0.8f library source,
+ Copyright (c) 1990-1992 by Eberhard Mattes, who has kindly agreed to
+ its inclusion in PDCurses. */
+
+#define WHITE(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t' || (x) == '\n')
+
+#define NEXT(x) \
+ do { \
+ x = *buf++; \
+ if (!x) \
+ return (count ? count : EOF); \
+ ++chars; \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define UNGETC() \
+ do { \
+ --buf; --chars; \
+ } while (0)
+
+static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list arg_ptr)
+{
+ int count, chars, c, width, radix, d, i;
+ int *int_ptr;
+ long *long_ptr;
+ short *short_ptr;
+ char *char_ptr;
+ unsigned char f;
+ char neg, assign, ok, size;
+ long n;
+ char map[256], end;
+ double dx, dd, *dbl_ptr;
+ float *flt_ptr;
+ int exp;
+ char eneg;
+
+ count = 0;
+ chars = 0;
+ c = 0;
+ while ((f = *fmt) != 0)
+ {
+ if (WHITE(f))
+ {
+ do
+ {
+ ++fmt;
+ f = *fmt;
+ }
+ while (WHITE(f));
+ do
+ {
+ c = *buf++;
+ if (!c)
+ {
+ if (!f || count)
+ return count;
+ else
+ return EOF;
+ } else
+ ++chars;
+ }
+ while (WHITE(c));
+ UNGETC();
+ } else if (f != '%')
+ {
+ NEXT(c);
+ if (c != f)
+ return count;
+ ++fmt;
+ } else
+ {
+ assign = TRUE;
+ width = INT_MAX;
+ char_ptr = NULL;
+ ++fmt;
+ if (*fmt == '*')
+ {
+ assign = FALSE;
+ ++fmt;
+ }
+ if (isdigit(*fmt))
+ {
+ width = 0;
+ while (isdigit(*fmt))
+ width = width * 10 + (*fmt++ - '0');
+ if (!width)
+ width = INT_MAX;
+ }
+ size = 0;
+ if (*fmt == 'h' || *fmt == 'l')
+ size = *fmt++;
+ f = *fmt;
+ switch (f)
+ {
+ case 'c':
+ if (width == INT_MAX)
+ width = 1;
+ if (assign)
+ char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *);
+ while (width > 0)
+ {
+ --width;
+ NEXT(c);
+ if (assign)
+ {
+ *char_ptr++ = (char) c;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case '[':
+ memset(map, 0, 256);
+ end = 0;
+ ++fmt;
+ if (*fmt == '^')
+ {
+ ++fmt;
+ end = 1;
+ }
+ i = 0;
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ f = (unsigned char) *fmt;
+ switch (f)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ /* avoid skipping past 0 */
+ --fmt;
+ NEXT(c);
+ goto string;
+ case ']':
+ if (i > 0)
+ {
+ NEXT(c);
+ goto string;
+ }
+ /* no break */
+ default:
+ if (fmt[1] == '-' && fmt[2]
+ && f < (unsigned char)fmt[2])
+ {
+ memset(map + f, 1, (unsigned char)fmt[2] - f);
+ fmt += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ map[f] = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ ++fmt;
+ ++i;
+ }
+ case 's':
+ memset(map, 0, 256);
+ map[' '] = 1;
+ map['\n'] = 1;
+ map['\r'] = 1;
+ map['\t'] = 1;
+ end = 1;
+ do
+ {
+ NEXT(c);
+ }
+ while (WHITE(c));
+ string:
+ if (assign)
+ char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *);
+ while (width > 0 && map[(unsigned char) c] != end)
+ {
+ --width;
+ if (assign)
+ *char_ptr++ = (char) c;
+ c = *buf++;
+ if (!c)
+ break;
+ else
+ ++chars;
+ }
+ if (assign)
+ {
+ *char_ptr = 0;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ if (!c)
+ return count;
+ else
+ UNGETC();
+ break;
+ case 'f':
+ case 'e':
+ case 'E':
+ case 'g':
+ case 'G':
+ neg = ok = FALSE;
+ dx = 0.0;
+ do
+ {
+ NEXT(c);
+ }
+ while (WHITE(c));
+ if (c == '+')
+ {
+ NEXT(c);
+ --width;
+ } else if (c == '-')
+ {
+ neg = TRUE;
+ NEXT(c);
+ --width;
+ }
+ while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
+ {
+ --width;
+ dx = dx * 10.0 + (double) (c - '0');
+ ok = TRUE;
+ c = *buf++;
+ if (!c)
+ break;
+ else
+ ++chars;
+ }
+ if (width > 0 && c == '.')
+ {
+ --width;
+ dd = 10.0;
+ NEXT(c);
+ while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
+ {
+ --width;
+ dx += (double) (c - '0') / dd;
+ dd *= 10.0;
+ ok = TRUE;
+ c = *buf++;
+ if (!c)
+ break;
+ else
+ ++chars;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!ok)
+ return count;
+ if (width > 0 && (c == 'e' || c == 'E'))
+ {
+ eneg = FALSE;
+ exp = 0;
+ NEXT(c);
+ --width;
+ if (width > 0 && c == '+')
+ {
+ NEXT(c);
+ --width;
+ } else if (width > 0 && c == '-')
+ {
+ eneg = TRUE;
+ NEXT(c);
+ --width;
+ }
+ if (!(width > 0 && isdigit(c)))
+ {
+ UNGETC();
+ return count;
+ }
+ while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
+ {
+ --width;
+ exp = exp * 10 + (c - '0');
+ c = *buf++;
+ if (!c)
+ break;
+ else
+ ++chars;
+ }
+ if (eneg)
+ exp = -exp;
+ while (exp > 0)
+ {
+ dx *= 10.0;
+ --exp;
+ }
+ while (exp < 0)
+ {
+ dx /= 10.0;
+ ++exp;
+ }
+ }
+ if (assign)
+ {
+ if (neg)
+ dx = -dx;
+ if (size == 'l')
+ {
+ dbl_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, double *);
+ *dbl_ptr = dx;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ flt_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, float *);
+ *flt_ptr = (float)dx;
+ }
+ ++count;
+ }
+ if (!c)
+ return count;
+ else
+ UNGETC();
+ break;
+ case 'i':
+ neg = FALSE;
+ radix = 10;
+ do
+ {
+ NEXT(c);
+ }
+ while (WHITE(c));
+ if (!(width > 0 && c == '0'))
+ goto scan_complete_number;
+ NEXT(c);
+ --width;
+ if (width > 0 && (c == 'x' || c == 'X'))
+ {
+ NEXT(c);
+ radix = 16;
+ --width;
+ }
+ else if (width > 0 && (c >= '0' && c <= '7'))
+ radix = 8;
+ goto scan_unsigned_number;
+ case 'd':
+ case 'u':
+ case 'o':
+ case 'x':
+ case 'X':
+ do
+ {
+ NEXT(c);
+ }
+ while (WHITE(c));
+ switch (f)
+ {
+ case 'o':
+ radix = 8;
+ break;
+ case 'x':
+ case 'X':
+ radix = 16;
+ break;
+ default:
+ radix = 10;
+ break;
+ }
+ scan_complete_number:
+ neg = FALSE;
+ if (width > 0 && c == '+')
+ {
+ NEXT(c);
+ --width;
+ }
+ else if (width > 0 && c == '-' && radix == 10)
+ {
+ neg = TRUE;
+ NEXT(c);
+ --width;
+ }
+ scan_unsigned_number:
+ n = 0;
+ ok = FALSE;
+ while (width > 0)
+ {
+ --width;
+ if (isdigit(c))
+ d = c - '0';
+ else if (isupper(c))
+ d = c - 'A' + 10;
+ else if (islower(c))
+ d = c - 'a' + 10;
+ else
+ break;
+ if (d < 0 || d >= radix)
+ break;
+ ok = TRUE;
+ n = n * radix + d;
+ c = *buf++;
+ if (!c)
+ break;
+ else
+ ++chars;
+ }
+ if (!ok)
+ return count;
+ if (assign)
+ {
+ if (neg)
+ n = -n;
+ switch (size)
+ {
+ case 'h':
+ short_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, short *);
+ *short_ptr = (short) n;
+ break;
+ case 'l':
+ long_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, long *);
+ *long_ptr = (long) n;
+ break;
+ default:
+ int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *);
+ *int_ptr = (int) n;
+ }
+ ++count;
+ }
+ if (!c)
+ return count;
+ else
+ UNGETC();
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ if (assign)
+ {
+ int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *);
+ *int_ptr = chars;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (!f) /* % at end of string */
+ return count;
+ NEXT(c);
+ if (c != f)
+ return count;
+ break;
+ }
+ ++fmt;
+ }
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_VSSCANF */
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scr_dump.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scr_dump.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e02046e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scr_dump.c
@@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: scr_dump.c,v 1.30 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: scr_dump
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);
+ WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);
+ int scr_dump(const char *filename);
+ int scr_init(const char *filename);
+ int scr_restore(const char *filename);
+ int scr_set(const char *filename);
+
+ Description:
+ getwin() reads window-related data previously stored in a file
+ by putwin(). It then creates and initialises a new window using
+ that data.
+
+ putwin() writes all data associated with a window into a file,
+ using an unspecified format. This information can be retrieved
+ later using getwin().
+
+ scr_dump() writes the current contents of the virtual screen to
+ the file named by filename in an unspecified format.
+
+ scr_restore() function sets the virtual screen to the contents
+ of the file named by filename, which must have been written
+ using scr_dump(). The next refresh operation restores the screen
+ to the way it looked in the dump file.
+
+ In PDCurses, scr_init() does nothing, and scr_set() is a synonym
+ for scr_restore(). Also, scr_dump() and scr_restore() save and
+ load from curscr. This differs from some other implementations,
+ where scr_init() works with curscr, and scr_restore() works with
+ newscr; but the effect should be the same. (PDCurses has no
+ newscr.)
+
+ Return Value:
+ On successful completion, getwin() returns a pointer to the
+ window it created. Otherwise, it returns a null pointer. Other
+ functions return OK or ERR.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ putwin Y
+ getwin Y
+ scr_dump Y
+ scr_init Y
+ scr_restore Y
+ scr_set Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define DUMPVER 1 /* Should be updated whenever the WINDOW struct is
+ changed */
+
+int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep)
+{
+ static const char *marker = "PDC";
+ static const unsigned char version = DUMPVER;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("putwin() - called\n"));
+
+ /* write the marker and the WINDOW struct */
+
+ if (filep && fwrite(marker, strlen(marker), 1, filep)
+ && fwrite(&version, 1, 1, filep)
+ && fwrite(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep))
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ /* write each line */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
+ if (!fwrite(win->_y[i], win->_maxx * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep))
+ return ERR;
+
+ return OK;
+ }
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+ char marker[4];
+ int i, nlines, ncols;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("getwin() - called\n"));
+
+ if ( !(win = malloc(sizeof(WINDOW))) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ /* check for the marker, and load the WINDOW struct */
+
+ if (!filep || !fread(marker, 4, 1, filep) || strncmp(marker, "PDC", 3)
+ || marker[3] != DUMPVER || !fread(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep))
+ {
+ free(win);
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ nlines = win->_maxy;
+ ncols = win->_maxx;
+
+ /* allocate the line pointer array */
+
+ if ( !(win->_y = malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *))) )
+ {
+ free(win);
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */
+
+ if ( !(win->_firstch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) )
+ {
+ free(win->_y);
+ free(win);
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ if ( !(win->_lastch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) )
+ {
+ free(win->_firstch);
+ free(win->_y);
+ free(win);
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* allocate the lines */
+
+ if ( !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ /* read them */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
+ {
+ if (!fread(win->_y[i], ncols * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep))
+ {
+ delwin(win);
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ touchwin(win);
+
+ return win;
+}
+
+int scr_dump(const char *filename)
+{
+ FILE *filep;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("scr_dump() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
+
+ if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "wb")) != NULL)
+ {
+ int result = putwin(curscr, filep);
+ fclose(filep);
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int scr_init(const char *filename)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("scr_init() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int scr_restore(const char *filename)
+{
+ FILE *filep;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("scr_restore() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
+
+ if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "rb")) != NULL)
+ {
+ WINDOW *replacement = getwin(filep);
+ fclose(filep);
+
+ if (replacement)
+ {
+ int result = overwrite(replacement, curscr);
+ delwin(replacement);
+ return result;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int scr_set(const char *filename)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("scr_set() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
+
+ return scr_restore(filename);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scroll.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scroll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c53e295
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/scroll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: scroll.c,v 1.36 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: scroll
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int scroll(WINDOW *win);
+ int scrl(int n);
+ int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);
+
+ Description:
+ scroll() causes the window to scroll up one line. This involves
+ moving the lines in the window data strcture.
+
+ With a positive n, scrl() and wscrl() scroll the window up n
+ lines (line i + n becomes i); otherwise they scroll the window
+ down n lines.
+
+ For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via
+ scrollok(). Note also that scrolling is not allowed if the
+ supplied window is a pad.
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ scroll Y Y Y
+ scrl Y - 4.0
+ wscrl Y - 4.0
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n)
+{
+ int i, l, dir, start, end;
+ chtype blank, *temp;
+
+ /* Check if window scrolls. Valid for window AND pad */
+
+ if (!win || !win->_scroll || !n)
+ return ERR;
+
+ blank = win->_bkgd;
+
+ if (n > 0)
+ {
+ start = win->_tmarg;
+ end = win->_bmarg;
+ dir = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ start = win->_bmarg;
+ end = win->_tmarg;
+ dir = -1;
+ }
+
+ for (l = 0; l < (n * dir); l++)
+ {
+ temp = win->_y[start];
+
+ /* re-arrange line pointers */
+
+ for (i = start; i != end; i += dir)
+ win->_y[i] = win->_y[i + dir];
+
+ win->_y[end] = temp;
+
+ /* make a blank line */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < win->_maxx; i++)
+ *temp++ = blank;
+ }
+
+ touchline(win, win->_tmarg, win->_bmarg - win->_tmarg + 1);
+
+ PDC_sync(win);
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int scrl(int n)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("scrl() - called\n"));
+
+ return wscrl(stdscr, n);
+}
+
+int scroll(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("scroll() - called\n"));
+
+ return wscrl(win, 1);
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/slk.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/slk.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f97f406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/slk.c
@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: slk.c,v 1.61 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: slk
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int slk_init(int fmt);
+ int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify);
+ int slk_refresh(void);
+ int slk_noutrefresh(void);
+ char *slk_label(int labnum);
+ int slk_clear(void);
+ int slk_restore(void);
+ int slk_touch(void);
+ int slk_attron(const chtype attrs);
+ int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+ int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs);
+ int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts);
+ int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs);
+ int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+ int slk_color(short color_pair);
+
+ int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify);
+
+ int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x);
+ void PDC_slk_free(void);
+ void PDC_slk_initialize(void);
+
+ wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum)
+
+ Description:
+ These functions manipulate a window that contain Soft Label Keys
+ (SLK). To use the SLK functions, a call to slk_init() must be
+ made BEFORE initscr() or newterm(). slk_init() removes 1 or 2
+ lines from the useable screen, depending on the format selected.
+
+ The line(s) removed from the screen are used as a separate
+ window, in which SLKs are displayed.
+
+ slk_init() requires a single parameter which describes the
+ format of the SLKs as follows:
+
+ 0 3-2-3 format
+ 1 4-4 format
+ 2 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension)
+ 3 4-4-4 format with index line (ncurses extension)
+ 2 lines used
+ 55 5-5 format (pdcurses format)
+
+ slk_refresh(), slk_noutrefresh() and slk_touch() are analogous
+ to refresh(), noutrefresh() and touch().
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ slk_init Y - Y
+ slk_set Y - Y
+ slk_refresh Y - Y
+ slk_noutrefresh Y - Y
+ slk_label Y - Y
+ slk_clear Y - Y
+ slk_restore Y - Y
+ slk_touch Y - Y
+ slk_attron Y - Y
+ slk_attrset Y - Y
+ slk_attroff Y - Y
+ slk_attr_on Y
+ slk_attr_set Y
+ slk_attr_off Y
+ slk_wset Y
+ PDC_mouse_in_slk - - -
+ PDC_slk_free - - -
+ PDC_slk_initialize - - -
+ slk_wlabel - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+enum { LABEL_NORMAL = 8, LABEL_EXTENDED = 10, LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED = 12 };
+
+static int label_length = 0;
+static int labels = 0;
+static int label_fmt = 0;
+static int label_line = 0;
+static bool hidden = FALSE;
+
+static struct SLK {
+ chtype label[32];
+ int len;
+ int format;
+ int start_col;
+} *slk = (struct SLK *)NULL;
+
+/* slk_init() is the slk initialization routine.
+ This must be called before initscr().
+
+ label_fmt = 0, 1 or 55.
+ 0 = 3-2-3 format
+ 1 = 4 - 4 format
+ 2 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys)
+ 3 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys -
+ with index line)
+ 55 = 5 - 5 format (extended for PC, 10 function keys) */
+
+int slk_init(int fmt)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_init() - called\n"));
+
+ if (SP)
+ return ERR;
+
+ switch (fmt)
+ {
+ case 0: /* 3 - 2 - 3 */
+ labels = LABEL_NORMAL;
+ break;
+
+ case 1: /* 4 - 4 */
+ labels = LABEL_NORMAL;
+ break;
+
+ case 2: /* 4 4 4 */
+ labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED;
+ break;
+
+ case 3: /* 4 4 4 with index */
+ labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED;
+ break;
+
+ case 55: /* 5 - 5 */
+ labels = LABEL_EXTENDED;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return ERR;
+ }
+
+ label_fmt = fmt;
+
+ slk = calloc(labels, sizeof(struct SLK));
+
+ if (!slk)
+ labels = 0;
+
+ return slk ? OK : ERR;
+}
+
+/* draw a single button */
+
+static void _drawone(int num)
+{
+ int i, col, slen;
+
+ if (hidden)
+ return;
+
+ slen = slk[num].len;
+
+ switch (slk[num].format)
+ {
+ case 0: /* LEFT */
+ col = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case 1: /* CENTER */
+ col = (label_length - slen) / 2;
+
+ if (col + slen > label_length)
+ --col;
+ break;
+
+ default: /* RIGHT */
+ col = label_length - slen;
+ }
+
+ wmove(SP->slk_winptr, label_line, slk[num].start_col);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < label_length; ++i)
+ waddch(SP->slk_winptr, (i >= col && i < (col + slen)) ?
+ slk[num].label[i - col] : ' ');
+}
+
+/* redraw each button */
+
+static void _redraw(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < labels; ++i)
+ _drawone(i);
+}
+
+/* slk_set() Used to set a slk label to a string.
+
+ labnum = 1 - 8 (or 10) (number of the label)
+ label = string (8 or 7 bytes total), or NULL
+ justify = 0 : left, 1 : center, 2 : right */
+
+int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+ wchar_t wlabel[32];
+
+ PDC_mbstowcs(wlabel, label, 31);
+ return slk_wset(labnum, wlabel, justify);
+#else
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_set() - called\n"));
+
+ if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2)
+ return ERR;
+
+ labnum--;
+
+ if (!label || !(*label))
+ {
+ /* Clear the label */
+
+ *slk[labnum].label = 0;
+ slk[labnum].format = 0;
+ slk[labnum].len = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int i, j = 0;
+
+ /* Skip leading spaces */
+
+ while (label[j] == ' ')
+ j++;
+
+ /* Copy it */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++)
+ {
+ chtype ch = label[i + j];
+
+ slk[labnum].label[i] = ch;
+
+ if (!ch)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Drop trailing spaces */
+
+ while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == ' '))
+ i--;
+
+ slk[labnum].label[i] = 0;
+ slk[labnum].format = justify;
+ slk[labnum].len = i;
+ }
+
+ _drawone(labnum);
+
+ return OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+int slk_refresh(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_refresh() - called\n"));
+
+ return (slk_noutrefresh() == ERR) ? ERR : doupdate();
+}
+
+int slk_noutrefresh(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_noutrefresh() - called\n"));
+
+ return wnoutrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
+}
+
+char *slk_label(int labnum)
+{
+ static char temp[33];
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+ wchar_t *wtemp = slk_wlabel(labnum);
+
+ PDC_wcstombs(temp, wtemp, 32);
+#else
+ chtype *p;
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_label() - called\n"));
+
+ if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels)
+ return (char *)0;
+
+ for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++)
+ temp[i] = *p++;
+
+ temp[i] = '\0';
+#endif
+ return temp;
+}
+
+int slk_clear(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_clear() - called\n"));
+
+ hidden = TRUE;
+ werase(SP->slk_winptr);
+ return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
+}
+
+int slk_restore(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_restore() - called\n"));
+
+ hidden = FALSE;
+ _redraw();
+ return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
+}
+
+int slk_touch(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_touch() - called\n"));
+
+ return touchwin(SP->slk_winptr);
+}
+
+int slk_attron(const chtype attrs)
+{
+ int rc;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_attron() - called\n"));
+
+ rc = wattron(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
+ _redraw();
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_on() - called\n"));
+
+ return slk_attron(attrs);
+}
+
+int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs)
+{
+ int rc;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_attroff() - called\n"));
+
+ rc = wattroff(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
+ _redraw();
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_off() - called\n"));
+
+ return slk_attroff(attrs);
+}
+
+int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs)
+{
+ int rc;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_attrset() - called\n"));
+
+ rc = wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
+ _redraw();
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int slk_color(short color_pair)
+{
+ int rc;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_color() - called\n"));
+
+ rc = wcolor_set(SP->slk_winptr, color_pair, NULL);
+ _redraw();
+
+ return rc;
+}
+
+int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_set() - called\n"));
+
+ return slk_attrset(attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair));
+}
+
+static void _slk_calc(void)
+{
+ int i, center, col = 0;
+ label_length = COLS / labels;
+
+ if (label_length > 31)
+ label_length = 31;
+
+ switch (label_fmt)
+ {
+ case 0: /* 3 - 2 - 3 F-Key layout */
+
+ --label_length;
+
+ slk[0].start_col = col;
+ slk[1].start_col = (col += label_length);
+ slk[2].start_col = (col += label_length);
+
+ center = COLS / 2;
+
+ slk[3].start_col = center - label_length + 1;
+ slk[4].start_col = center + 1;
+
+ col = COLS - (label_length * 3) + 1;
+
+ slk[5].start_col = col;
+ slk[6].start_col = (col += label_length);
+ slk[7].start_col = (col += label_length);
+ break;
+
+ case 1: /* 4 - 4 F-Key layout */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
+ slk[i].start_col = col;
+ col += label_length;
+
+ if (i == 3)
+ col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case 2: /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout */
+ case 3: /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout with index */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+ {
+ slk[i].start_col = col;
+ col += label_length;
+ }
+
+ center = COLS/2;
+
+ slk[4].start_col = center - (label_length * 2) + 1;
+ slk[5].start_col = center - label_length - 1;
+ slk[6].start_col = center + 1;
+ slk[7].start_col = center + label_length + 1;
+
+ col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1;
+
+ for (i = 8; i < 12; i++)
+ {
+ slk[i].start_col = col;
+ col += label_length;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ default: /* 5 - 5 F-Key layout */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+ {
+ slk[i].start_col = col;
+ col += label_length;
+
+ if (i == 4)
+ col = COLS - (label_length * 5) + 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ --label_length;
+
+ /* make sure labels are all in window */
+
+ _redraw();
+}
+
+void PDC_slk_initialize(void)
+{
+ if (slk)
+ {
+ if (label_fmt == 3)
+ {
+ SP->slklines = 2;
+ label_line = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ SP->slklines = 1;
+
+ if (!SP->slk_winptr)
+ {
+ if ( !(SP->slk_winptr = newwin(SP->slklines, COLS,
+ LINES - SP->slklines, 0)) )
+ return;
+
+ wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_REVERSE);
+ }
+
+ _slk_calc();
+
+ /* if we have an index line, display it now */
+
+ if (label_fmt == 3)
+ {
+ chtype save_attr;
+ int i;
+
+ save_attr = SP->slk_winptr->_attrs;
+ wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_NORMAL);
+ wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0);
+ whline(SP->slk_winptr, 0, COLS);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < labels; i++)
+ mvwprintw(SP->slk_winptr, 0, slk[i].start_col, "F%d", i + 1);
+
+ SP->slk_winptr->_attrs = save_attr;
+ }
+
+ touchwin(SP->slk_winptr);
+ }
+}
+
+void PDC_slk_free(void)
+{
+ if (slk)
+ {
+ if (SP->slk_winptr)
+ {
+ delwin(SP->slk_winptr);
+ SP->slk_winptr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ free(slk);
+ slk = (struct SLK *)NULL;
+
+ label_length = 0;
+ labels = 0;
+ label_fmt = 0;
+ label_line = 0;
+ hidden = FALSE;
+ }
+}
+
+int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_mouse_in_slk() - called: y->%d x->%d\n", y, x));
+
+ /* If the line on which the mouse was clicked is NOT the last line
+ of the screen, we are not interested in it. */
+
+ if (!slk || !SP->slk_winptr || (y != SP->slk_winptr->_begy + label_line))
+ return 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < labels; i++)
+ if (x >= slk[i].start_col && x < (slk[i].start_col + label_length))
+ return i + 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_wset() - called\n"));
+
+ if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2)
+ return ERR;
+
+ labnum--;
+
+ if (!label || !(*label))
+ {
+ /* Clear the label */
+
+ *slk[labnum].label = 0;
+ slk[labnum].format = 0;
+ slk[labnum].len = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int i, j = 0;
+
+ /* Skip leading spaces */
+
+ while (label[j] == L' ')
+ j++;
+
+ /* Copy it */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++)
+ {
+ chtype ch = label[i + j];
+
+ slk[labnum].label[i] = ch;
+
+ if (!ch)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Drop trailing spaces */
+
+ while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == L' '))
+ i--;
+
+ slk[labnum].label[i] = 0;
+ slk[labnum].format = justify;
+ slk[labnum].len = i;
+ }
+
+ _drawone(labnum);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum)
+{
+ static wchar_t temp[33];
+ chtype *p;
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("slk_wlabel() - called\n"));
+
+ if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels)
+ return (wchar_t *)0;
+
+ for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++)
+ temp[i] = *p++;
+
+ temp[i] = '\0';
+
+ return temp;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/term.h b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/term.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce6bc4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/term.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+/* $Id: term.h,v 1.16 2008/07/13 16:08:16 wmcbrine Exp $ */
+
+/* PDCurses doesn't operate with terminfo, but we need these functions for
+ compatibility, to allow some things (notably, interface libraries for
+ other languages) to be compiled. Anyone who tries to actually _use_
+ them will be disappointed, since they only return ERR. */
+
+#ifndef __PDCURSES_TERM_H__
+#define __PDCURSES_TERM_H__ 1
+
+#include <curses.h>
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ const char *_termname;
+} TERMINAL;
+
+#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD
+# ifndef CURSES_LIBRARY
+__declspec(dllimport) TERMINAL *cur_term;
+# else
+__declspec(dllexport) extern TERMINAL *cur_term;
+# endif
+#else
+extern TERMINAL *cur_term;
+#endif
+
+int del_curterm(TERMINAL *);
+int putp(const char *);
+int restartterm(const char *, int, int *);
+TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *);
+int setterm(const char *);
+int setupterm(const char *, int, int *);
+int tgetent(char *, const char *);
+int tgetflag(const char *);
+int tgetnum(const char *);
+char *tgetstr(const char *, char **);
+char *tgoto(const char *, int, int);
+int tigetflag(const char *);
+int tigetnum(const char *);
+char *tigetstr(const char *);
+char *tparm(const char *, long, long, long, long, long,
+ long, long, long, long);
+int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int));
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(__cplusplus__) || defined(__CPLUSPLUS)
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __PDCURSES_TERM_H__ */
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/termattr.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/termattr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06e9ee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/termattr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: termattr.c,v 1.54 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: termattr
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int baudrate(void);
+ char erasechar(void);
+ bool has_ic(void);
+ bool has_il(void);
+ char killchar(void);
+ char *longname(void);
+ chtype termattrs(void);
+ attr_t term_attrs(void);
+ char *termname(void);
+
+ int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch);
+ int killwchar(wchar_t *ch);
+
+ char wordchar(void);
+
+ Description:
+ baudrate() is supposed to return the output speed of the
+ terminal. In PDCurses, it simply returns INT_MAX.
+
+ has_ic and has_il() return TRUE. These functions have meaning in
+ some other implementations of curses.
+
+ erasechar() and killchar() return ^H and ^U, respectively -- the
+ ERASE and KILL characters. In other curses implementations,
+ these may vary by terminal type. erasewchar() and killwchar()
+ are the wide-character versions; they take a pointer to a
+ location in which to store the character, and return OK or ERR.
+
+ longname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a
+ verbose description of the current terminal. The maximum length
+ of the string is 128 characters. It is defined only after the
+ call to initscr() or newterm().
+
+ termname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a
+ short description of the current terminal (14 characters).
+
+ termattrs() returns a logical OR of all video attributes
+ supported by the terminal.
+
+ wordchar() is a PDCurses extension of the concept behind the
+ functions erasechar() and killchar(), returning the "delete
+ word" character, ^W.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ baudrate Y Y Y
+ erasechar Y Y Y
+ has_ic Y Y Y
+ has_il Y Y Y
+ killchar Y Y Y
+ longname Y Y Y
+ termattrs Y Y Y
+ termname Y Y Y
+ erasewchar Y
+ killwchar Y
+ term_attrs Y
+ wordchar - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+int baudrate(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("baudrate() - called\n"));
+
+ return INT_MAX;
+}
+
+char erasechar(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("erasechar() - called\n"));
+
+ return _ECHAR; /* character delete char (^H) */
+}
+
+bool has_ic(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("has_ic() - called\n"));
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool has_il(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("has_il() - called\n"));
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+char killchar(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("killchar() - called\n"));
+
+ return _DLCHAR; /* line delete char (^U) */
+}
+
+char *longname(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("longname() - called\n"));
+
+ return ttytype + 9; /* skip "pdcurses|" */
+}
+
+chtype termattrs(void)
+{
+ chtype temp = A_BLINK | A_BOLD | A_INVIS | A_REVERSE | A_UNDERLINE;
+
+ /* note: blink is bold background on some platforms */
+
+ PDC_LOG(("termattrs() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!SP->mono)
+ temp |= A_COLOR;
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+attr_t term_attrs(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("term_attrs() - called\n"));
+
+ return WA_BLINK | WA_BOLD | WA_INVIS | WA_LEFT | WA_REVERSE |
+ WA_RIGHT | WA_UNDERLINE;
+}
+
+char *termname(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("termname() - called\n"));
+
+ return "pdcurses";
+}
+
+char wordchar(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("wordchar() - called\n"));
+
+ return _DWCHAR; /* word delete char */
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("erasewchar() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!ch)
+ return ERR;
+
+ *ch = (wchar_t)_ECHAR;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int killwchar(wchar_t *ch)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("killwchar() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!ch)
+ return ERR;
+
+ *ch = (wchar_t)_DLCHAR;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/terminfo.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/terminfo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c099ada
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/terminfo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: terminfo.c,v 1.37 2008/07/21 12:29:20 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: terminfo
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
+ int vidattr(chtype attr);
+ int vid_attr(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt);
+ int vidputs(chtype attr, int (*putfunc)(int));
+ int vid_puts(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt,
+ int (*putfunc)(int));
+
+ int del_curterm(TERMINAL *);
+ int putp(const char *);
+ int restartterm(const char *, int, int *);
+ TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *);
+ int setterm(const char *term);
+ int setupterm(const char *, int, int *);
+ int tgetent(char *, const char *);
+ int tgetflag(const char *);
+ int tgetnum(const char *);
+ char *tgetstr(const char *, char **);
+ char *tgoto(const char *, int, int);
+ int tigetflag(const char *);
+ int tigetnum(const char *);
+ char *tigetstr(const char *);
+ char *tparm(const char *,long, long, long, long, long, long,
+ long, long, long);
+ int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int));
+
+ Description:
+ mvcur() lets you move the physical cursor without updating any
+ window cursor positions. It returns OK or ERR.
+
+ The rest of these functions are currently implemented as stubs,
+ returning the appropriate errors and doing nothing else.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ mvcur Y Y Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <term.h>
+
+TERMINAL *cur_term = NULL;
+
+int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvcur() - called: oldrow %d oldcol %d newrow %d newcol %d\n",
+ oldrow, oldcol, newrow, newcol));
+
+ if ((newrow >= LINES) || (newcol >= COLS) || (newrow < 0) || (newcol < 0))
+ return ERR;
+
+ PDC_gotoyx(newrow, newcol);
+ SP->cursrow = newrow;
+ SP->curscol = newcol;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int vidattr(chtype attr)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("vidattr() - called: attr %d\n", attr));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int vid_attr(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("vid_attr() - called\n"));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int vidputs(chtype attr, int (*putfunc)(int))
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("vidputs() - called: attr %d\n", attr));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int vid_puts(attr_t attr, short color_pair, void *opt, int (*putfunc)(int))
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("vid_puts() - called\n"));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int del_curterm(TERMINAL *oterm)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("del_curterm() - called\n"));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int putp(const char *str)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("putp() - called: str %s\n", str));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int restartterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("restartterm() - called\n"));
+
+ if (errret)
+ *errret = -1;
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *nterm)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("set_curterm() - called\n"));
+
+ return (TERMINAL *)NULL;
+}
+
+int setterm(const char *term)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("setterm() - called\n"));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int setupterm(const char *term, int filedes, int *errret)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("setupterm() - called\n"));
+
+ if (errret)
+ *errret = -1;
+ else
+ fprintf(stderr, "There is no terminfo database\n");
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int tgetent(char *bp, const char *name)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("tgetent() - called: name %s\n", name));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int tgetflag(const char *id)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("tgetflag() - called: id %s\n", id));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+int tgetnum(const char *id)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("tgetnum() - called: id %s\n", id));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
+
+char *tgetstr(const char *id, char **area)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("tgetstr() - called: id %s\n", id));
+
+ return (char *)NULL;
+}
+
+char *tgoto(const char *cap, int col, int row)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("tgoto() - called\n"));
+
+ return (char *)NULL;
+}
+
+int tigetflag(const char *capname)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("tigetflag() - called: capname %s\n", capname));
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+int tigetnum(const char *capname)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("tigetnum() - called: capname %s\n", capname));
+
+ return -2;
+}
+
+char *tigetstr(const char *capname)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("tigetstr() - called: capname %s\n", capname));
+
+ return (char *)(-1);
+}
+
+char *tparm(const char *cap, long p1, long p2, long p3, long p4,
+ long p5, long p6, long p7, long p8, long p9)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("tparm() - called: cap %s\n", cap));
+
+ return (char *)NULL;
+}
+
+int tputs(const char *str, int affcnt, int (*putfunc)(int))
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("tputs() - called\n"));
+
+ return ERR;
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/touch.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/touch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9355aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/touch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: touch.c,v 1.29 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: touch
+
+ Synopsis:
+ int touchwin(WINDOW *win);
+ int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);
+ int untouchwin(WINDOW *win);
+ int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);
+ bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);
+ bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);
+
+ Description:
+ touchwin() and touchline() throw away all information about
+ which parts of the window have been touched, pretending that the
+ entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes necessary
+ when using overlapping windows, since a change to one window
+ will affect the other window, but the records of which lines
+ have been changed in the other window will not reflect the
+ change.
+
+ untouchwin() marks all lines in the window as unchanged since
+ the last call to wrefresh().
+
+ wtouchln() makes n lines in the window, starting at line y, look
+ as if they have (changed == 1) or have not (changed == 0) been
+ changed since the last call to wrefresh().
+
+ is_linetouched() returns TRUE if the specified line in the
+ specified window has been changed since the last call to
+ wrefresh().
+
+ is_wintouched() returns TRUE if the specified window
+ has been changed since the last call to wrefresh().
+
+ Return Value:
+ All functions return OK on success and ERR on error except
+ is_wintouched() and is_linetouched().
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ touchwin Y Y Y
+ touchline Y - 3.0
+ untouchwin Y - 4.0
+ wtouchln Y Y Y
+ is_linetouched Y - 4.0
+ is_wintouched Y - 4.0
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int touchwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("touchwin() - called: Win=%x\n", win));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
+ {
+ win->_firstch[i] = 0;
+ win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("touchline() - called: win=%p start %d count %d\n",
+ win, start, count));
+
+ if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + count > win->_maxy)
+ return ERR;
+
+ for (i = start; i < start + count; i++)
+ {
+ win->_firstch[i] = 0;
+ win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int untouchwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("untouchwin() - called: win=%p", win));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
+ {
+ win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
+ win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wtouchln() - called: win=%p y=%d n=%d changed=%d\n",
+ win, y, n, changed));
+
+ if (!win || y > win->_maxy || y + n > win->_maxy)
+ return ERR;
+
+ for (i = y; i < y + n; i++)
+ {
+ if (changed)
+ {
+ win->_firstch[i] = 0;
+ win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
+ win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("is_linetouched() - called: win=%p line=%d\n", win, line));
+
+ if (!win || line > win->_maxy || line < 0)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return (win->_firstch[line] != _NO_CHANGE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+}
+
+bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("is_wintouched() - called: win=%p\n", win));
+
+ if (win)
+ for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
+ if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/util.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0673fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: util.c,v 1.71 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: util
+
+ Synopsis:
+ char *unctrl(chtype c);
+ void filter(void);
+ void use_env(bool x);
+ int delay_output(int ms);
+
+ int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs,
+ short *color_pair, void *opts);
+ int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs,
+ short color_pair, const void *opts);
+ wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc);
+
+ int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n);
+ size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n);
+ size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n);
+
+ Description:
+ unctrl() expands the text portion of the chtype c into a
+ printable string. Control characters are changed to the "^X"
+ notation; others are passed through. wunctrl() is the wide-
+ character version of the function.
+
+ filter() and use_env() are no-ops in PDCurses.
+
+ delay_output() inserts an ms millisecond pause in output.
+
+ getcchar() works in two modes: When wch is not NULL, it reads
+ the cchar_t pointed to by wcval and stores the attributes in
+ attrs, the color pair in color_pair, and the text in the
+ wide-character string wch. When wch is NULL, getcchar() merely
+ returns the number of wide characters in wcval. In either mode,
+ the opts argument is unused.
+
+ setcchar constructs a cchar_t at wcval from the wide-character
+ text at wch, the attributes in attr and the color pair in
+ color_pair. The opts argument is unused.
+
+ Currently, the length returned by getcchar() is always 1 or 0.
+ Similarly, setcchar() will only take the first wide character
+ from wch, and ignore any others that it "should" take (i.e.,
+ combining characters). Nor will it correctly handle any
+ character outside the basic multilingual plane (UCS-2).
+
+ Return Value:
+ unctrl() and wunctrl() return NULL on failure. delay_output()
+ always returns OK.
+
+ getcchar() returns the number of wide characters wcval points to
+ when wch is NULL; when it's not, getcchar() returns OK or ERR.
+
+ setcchar() returns OK or ERR.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ unctrl Y Y Y
+ filter Y - 3.0
+ use_env Y - 4.0
+ delay_output Y Y Y
+ getcchar Y
+ setcchar Y
+ wunctrl Y
+ PDC_mbtowc - - -
+ PDC_mbstowcs - - -
+ PDC_wcstombs - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
+# include <string.h>
+# else
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+char *unctrl(chtype c)
+{
+ static char strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0};
+
+ chtype ic;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("unctrl() - called\n"));
+
+ ic = c & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+ if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f) /* normal characters */
+ {
+ strbuf[0] = (char)ic;
+ strbuf[1] = '\0';
+ return strbuf;
+ }
+
+ strbuf[0] = '^'; /* '^' prefix */
+
+ if (ic == 0x7f) /* 0x7f == DEL */
+ strbuf[1] = '?';
+ else /* other control */
+ strbuf[1] = (char)(ic + '@');
+
+ return strbuf;
+}
+
+void filter(void)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("filter() - called\n"));
+}
+
+void use_env(bool x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("use_env() - called: x %d\n", x));
+}
+
+int delay_output(int ms)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("delay_output() - called: ms %d\n", ms));
+
+ return napms(ms);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs,
+ short *color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+ if (!wcval)
+ return ERR;
+
+ if (wch)
+ {
+ if (!attrs || !color_pair)
+ return ERR;
+
+ *wch = (*wcval & A_CHARTEXT);
+ *attrs = (*wcval & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR));
+ *color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(*wcval & A_COLOR);
+
+ if (*wch)
+ *++wch = L'\0';
+
+ return OK;
+ }
+ else
+ return ((*wcval & A_CHARTEXT) != L'\0');
+}
+
+int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs,
+ short color_pair, const void *opts)
+{
+ if (!wcval || !wch)
+ return ERR;
+
+ *wcval = *wch | attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc)
+{
+ static wchar_t strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0};
+
+ cchar_t ic;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wunctrl() - called\n"));
+
+ ic = *wc & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+ if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f) /* normal characters */
+ {
+ strbuf[0] = (wchar_t)ic;
+ strbuf[1] = L'\0';
+ return strbuf;
+ }
+
+ strbuf[0] = '^'; /* '^' prefix */
+
+ if (ic == 0x7f) /* 0x7f == DEL */
+ strbuf[1] = '?';
+ else /* other control */
+ strbuf[1] = (wchar_t)(ic + '@');
+
+ return strbuf;
+}
+
+int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n)
+{
+# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
+ wchar_t key;
+ int i = -1;
+ const unsigned char *string;
+
+ if (!s || (n < 1))
+ return -1;
+
+ if (!*s)
+ return 0;
+
+ string = (const unsigned char *)s;
+
+ key = string[0];
+
+ /* Simplistic UTF-8 decoder -- only does the BMP, minimal validation */
+
+ if (key & 0x80)
+ {
+ if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
+ {
+ if (1 < n)
+ {
+ key = ((key & 0x1f) << 6) | (string[1] & 0x3f);
+ i = 2;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xe0)
+ {
+ if (2 < n)
+ {
+ key = ((key & 0x0f) << 12) | ((string[1] & 0x3f) << 6) |
+ (string[2] & 0x3f);
+ i = 3;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ i = 1;
+
+ if (i)
+ *pwc = key;
+
+ return i;
+# else
+ return mbtowc(pwc, s, n);
+# endif
+}
+
+size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
+{
+# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
+ size_t i = 0, len;
+
+ if (!src || !dest)
+ return 0;
+
+ len = strlen(src);
+
+ while (*src && i < n)
+ {
+ int retval = PDC_mbtowc(dest + i, src, len);
+
+ if (retval < 1)
+ return -1;
+
+ src += retval;
+ len -= retval;
+ i++;
+ }
+# else
+ size_t i = mbstowcs(dest, src, n);
+# endif
+ dest[i] = 0;
+ return i;
+}
+
+size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
+{
+# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
+ size_t i = 0;
+
+ if (!src || !dest)
+ return 0;
+
+ while (*src && i < n)
+ {
+ chtype code = *src++;
+
+ if (code < 0x80)
+ {
+ dest[i] = code;
+ i++;
+ }
+ else
+ if (code < 0x800)
+ {
+ dest[i] = ((code & 0x07c0) >> 6) | 0xc0;
+ dest[i + 1] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80;
+ i += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dest[i] = ((code & 0xf000) >> 12) | 0xe0;
+ dest[i + 1] = ((code & 0x0fc0) >> 6) | 0x80;
+ dest[i + 2] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80;
+ i += 3;
+ }
+ }
+# else
+ size_t i = wcstombs(dest, src, n);
+# endif
+ dest[i] = '\0';
+ return i;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/window.c b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/window.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbfd584
--- /dev/null
+++ b/apps/lib/curses/pdcurses/pdcurses/window.c
@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+/* Public Domain Curses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+RCSID("$Id: window.c,v 1.62 2008/07/13 16:08:18 wmcbrine Exp $")
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+ Name: window
+
+ Synopsis:
+ WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx);
+ WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+ int begy, int begx);
+ WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+ int begy, int begx);
+ WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);
+ int delwin(WINDOW *win);
+ int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+ int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx);
+ int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+ void wsyncup(WINDOW *win);
+ void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);
+ void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);
+
+ WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols);
+ int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols);
+ WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win);
+ WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx);
+ void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win);
+
+ Description:
+ newwin() creates a new window with the given number of lines,
+ nlines and columns, ncols. The upper left corner of the window
+ is at line begy, column begx. If nlines is zero, it defaults to
+ LINES - begy; ncols to COLS - begx. Create a new full-screen
+ window by calling newwin(0, 0, 0, 0).
+
+ delwin() deletes the named window, freeing all associated
+ memory. In the case of overlapping windows, subwindows should be
+ deleted before the main window.
+
+ mvwin() moves the window so that the upper left-hand corner is
+ at position (y,x). If the move would cause the window to be off
+ the screen, it is an error and the window is not moved. Moving
+ subwindows is allowed.
+
+ subwin() creates a new subwindow within a window. The
+ dimensions of the subwindow are nlines lines and ncols columns.
+ The subwindow is at position (begy, begx) on the screen. This
+ position is relative to the screen, and not to the window orig.
+ Changes made to either window will affect both. When using this
+ routine, you will often need to call touchwin() before calling
+ wrefresh().
+
+ derwin() is the same as subwin(), except that begy and begx are
+ relative to the origin of the window orig rather than the
+ screen. There is no difference between subwindows and derived
+ windows.
+
+ mvderwin() moves a derived window (or subwindow) inside its
+ parent window. The screen-relative parameters of the window are
+ not changed. This routine is used to display different parts of
+ the parent window at the same physical position on the screen.
+
+ dupwin() creates an exact duplicate of the window win.
+
+ wsyncup() causes a touchwin() of all of the window's parents.
+
+ If wsyncok() is called with a second argument of TRUE, this
+ causes a wsyncup() to be called every time the window is
+ changed.
+
+ wcursyncup() causes the current cursor position of all of a
+ window's ancestors to reflect the current cursor position of the
+ current window.
+
+ wsyncdown() causes a touchwin() of the current window if any of
+ its parent's windows have been touched.
+
+ resize_window() allows the user to resize an existing window. It
+ returns the pointer to the new window, or NULL on failure.
+
+ wresize() is an ncurses-compatible wrapper for resize_window().
+ Note that, unlike ncurses, it will NOT process any subwindows of
+ the window. (However, you still can call it _on_ subwindows.) It
+ returns OK or ERR.
+
+ PDC_makenew() allocates all data for a new WINDOW * except the
+ actual lines themselves. If it's unable to allocate memory for
+ the window structure, it will free all allocated memory and
+ return a NULL pointer.
+
+ PDC_makelines() allocates the memory for the lines.
+
+ PDC_sync() handles wrefresh() and wsyncup() calls when a window
+ is changed.
+
+ Return Value:
+ newwin(), subwin(), derwin() and dupwin() return a pointer
+ to the new window, or NULL on failure. delwin(), mvwin(),
+ mvderwin() and syncok() return OK or ERR. wsyncup(),
+ wcursyncup() and wsyncdown() return nothing.
+
+ Errors:
+ It is an error to call resize_window() before calling initscr().
+ Also, an error will be generated if we fail to create a newly
+ sized replacement window for curscr, or stdscr. This could
+ happen when increasing the window size. NOTE: If this happens,
+ the previously successfully allocated windows are left alone;
+ i.e., the resize is NOT cancelled for those windows.
+
+ Portability X/Open BSD SYS V
+ newwin Y Y Y
+ delwin Y Y Y
+ mvwin Y Y Y
+ subwin Y Y Y
+ derwin Y - Y
+ mvderwin Y - Y
+ dupwin Y - 4.0
+ wsyncup Y - 4.0
+ syncok Y - 4.0
+ wcursyncup Y - 4.0
+ wsyncdown Y - 4.0
+ resize_window - - -
+ wresize - - -
+ PDC_makelines - - -
+ PDC_makenew - - -
+ PDC_sync - - -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_makenew() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n",
+ nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
+
+ /* allocate the window structure itself */
+
+ if ((win = calloc(1, sizeof(WINDOW))) == (WINDOW *)NULL)
+ return win;
+
+ /* allocate the line pointer array */
+
+ if ((win->_y = malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *))) == NULL)
+ {
+ free(win);
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */
+
+ if ((win->_firstch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) == NULL)
+ {
+ free(win->_y);
+ free(win);
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ if ((win->_lastch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int))) == NULL)
+ {
+ free(win->_firstch);
+ free(win->_y);
+ free(win);
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* initialize window variables */
+
+ win->_maxy = nlines; /* real max screen size */
+ win->_maxx = ncols; /* real max screen size */
+ win->_begy = begy;
+ win->_begx = begx;
+ win->_bkgd = ' '; /* wrs 4/10/93 -- initialize background to blank */
+ win->_clear = (bool) ((nlines == LINES) && (ncols == COLS));
+ win->_bmarg = nlines - 1;
+ win->_parx = win->_pary = -1;
+
+ /* init to say window all changed */
+
+ touchwin(win);
+
+ return win;
+}
+
+WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int i, j, nlines, ncols;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_makelines() - called: lines %d cols %d\n", nlines, ncols));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ nlines = win->_maxy;
+ ncols = win->_maxx;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
+ {
+ if ((win->_y[i] = malloc(ncols * sizeof(chtype))) == NULL)
+ {
+ /* if error, free all the data */
+
+ for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
+ free(win->_y[j]);
+
+ free(win->_firstch);
+ free(win->_lastch);
+ free(win->_y);
+ free(win);
+
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return win;
+}
+
+void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("PDC_sync() - called:\n"));
+
+ if (win->_immed)
+ wrefresh(win);
+ if (win->_sync)
+ wsyncup(win);
+}
+
+WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("newwin() - called:lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n",
+ nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
+
+ if (!nlines)
+ nlines = LINES - begy;
+ if (!ncols)
+ ncols = COLS - begx;
+
+ if ( (begy + nlines > SP->lines || begx + ncols > SP->cols)
+ || !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx))
+ || !(win = PDC_makelines(win)) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ werase(win);
+
+ return win;
+}
+
+int delwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("delwin() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ /* subwindows use parents' lines */
+
+ if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBWIN|_SUBPAD)))
+ for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
+ if (win->_y[i])
+ free(win->_y[i]);
+
+ free(win->_firstch);
+ free(win->_lastch);
+ free(win->_y);
+ free(win);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("mvwin() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win || (y + win->_maxy > LINES || y < 0)
+ || (x + win->_maxx > COLS || x < 0))
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_begy = y;
+ win->_begx = x;
+ touchwin(win);
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
+{
+ WINDOW *win;
+ int i;
+ int j = begy - orig->_begy;
+ int k = begx - orig->_begx;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("subwin() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n",
+ nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
+
+ /* make sure window fits inside the original one */
+
+ if (!orig || (begy < orig->_begy) || (begx < orig->_begx) ||
+ (begy + nlines) > (orig->_begy + orig->_maxy) ||
+ (begx + ncols) > (orig->_begx + orig->_maxx))
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ if (!nlines)
+ nlines = orig->_maxy - 1 - j;
+ if (!ncols)
+ ncols = orig->_maxx - 1 - k;
+
+ if ( !(win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx)) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ /* initialize window variables */
+
+ win->_attrs = orig->_attrs;
+ win->_bkgd = orig->_bkgd;
+ win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit;
+ win->_scroll = orig->_scroll;
+ win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay;
+ win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad;
+ win->_immed = orig->_immed;
+ win->_sync = orig->_sync;
+ win->_pary = j;
+ win->_parx = k;
+ win->_parent = orig;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++, j++)
+ win->_y[i] = orig->_y[j] + k;
+
+ win->_flags |= _SUBWIN;
+
+ return win;
+}
+
+WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
+{
+ return subwin(orig, nlines, ncols, begy + orig->_begy, begx + orig->_begx);
+}
+
+int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx)
+{
+ int i, j;
+ WINDOW *mypar;
+
+ if (!win || !(win->_parent))
+ return ERR;
+
+ mypar = win->_parent;
+
+ if (pary < 0 || parx < 0 || (pary + win->_maxy) > mypar->_maxy ||
+ (parx + win->_maxx) > mypar->_maxx)
+ return ERR;
+
+ j = pary;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
+ win->_y[i] = (mypar->_y[j++]) + parx;
+
+ win->_pary = pary;
+ win->_parx = parx;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ WINDOW *new;
+ chtype *ptr, *ptr1;
+ int nlines, ncols, begy, begx, i;
+
+ if (!win)
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ nlines = win->_maxy;
+ ncols = win->_maxx;
+ begy = win->_begy;
+ begx = win->_begx;
+
+ if ( !(new = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx))
+ || !(new = PDC_makelines(new)) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ /* copy the contents of win into new */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
+ {
+ for (ptr = new->_y[i], ptr1 = win->_y[i];
+ ptr < new->_y[i] + ncols; ptr++, ptr1++)
+ *ptr = *ptr1;
+
+ new->_firstch[i] = 0;
+ new->_lastch[i] = ncols - 1;
+ }
+
+ new->_curx = win->_curx;
+ new->_cury = win->_cury;
+ new->_maxy = win->_maxy;
+ new->_maxx = win->_maxx;
+ new->_begy = win->_begy;
+ new->_begx = win->_begx;
+ new->_flags = win->_flags;
+ new->_attrs = win->_attrs;
+ new->_clear = win->_clear;
+ new->_leaveit = win->_leaveit;
+ new->_scroll = win->_scroll;
+ new->_nodelay = win->_nodelay;
+ new->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad;
+ new->_tmarg = win->_tmarg;
+ new->_bmarg = win->_bmarg;
+ new->_parx = win->_parx;
+ new->_pary = win->_pary;
+ new->_parent = win->_parent;
+ new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
+ new->_flags = win->_flags;
+
+ return new;
+}
+
+WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols)
+{
+ WINDOW *new;
+ int i, save_cury, save_curx, new_begy, new_begx;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("resize_window() - called: nlines %d ncols %d\n",
+ nlines, ncols));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ if (win->_flags & _SUBPAD)
+ {
+ if ( !(new = subpad(win->_parent, nlines, ncols,
+ win->_begy, win->_begx)) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+ else if (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)
+ {
+ if ( !(new = subwin(win->_parent, nlines, ncols,
+ win->_begy, win->_begx)) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (win == SP->slk_winptr)
+ {
+ new_begy = SP->lines - SP->slklines;
+ new_begx = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ new_begy = win->_begy;
+ new_begx = win->_begx;
+ }
+
+ if ( !(new = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, new_begy, new_begx)) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ save_curx = min(win->_curx, new->_maxx);
+ save_cury = min(win->_cury, new->_maxy);
+
+ if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBPAD|_SUBWIN)))
+ {
+ if ( !(new = PDC_makelines(new)) )
+ return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+ werase(new);
+
+ copywin(win, new, 0, 0, 0, 0, min(win->_maxy, new->_maxy) - 1,
+ min(win->_maxx, new->_maxx) - 1, FALSE);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
+ if (win->_y[i])
+ free(win->_y[i]);
+ }
+
+ new->_flags = win->_flags;
+ new->_attrs = win->_attrs;
+ new->_clear = win->_clear;
+ new->_leaveit = win->_leaveit;
+ new->_scroll = win->_scroll;
+ new->_nodelay = win->_nodelay;
+ new->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad;
+ new->_tmarg = (win->_tmarg > new->_maxy - 1) ? 0 : win->_tmarg;
+ new->_bmarg = (win->_bmarg == win->_maxy - 1) ?
+ new->_maxy - 1 : min(win->_bmarg, (new->_maxy - 1));
+ new->_parent = win->_parent;
+ new->_immed = win->_immed;
+ new->_sync = win->_sync;
+ new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
+
+ new->_curx = save_curx;
+ new->_cury = save_cury;
+
+ free(win->_firstch);
+ free(win->_lastch);
+ free(win->_y);
+
+ *win = *new;
+ free(new);
+
+ return win;
+}
+
+int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols)
+{
+ return (resize_window(win, nlines, ncols) ? OK : ERR);
+}
+
+void wsyncup(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ WINDOW *tmp;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wsyncup() - called\n"));
+
+ for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent)
+ touchwin(tmp);
+}
+
+int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+ PDC_LOG(("syncok() - called\n"));
+
+ if (!win)
+ return ERR;
+
+ win->_sync = bf;
+
+ return OK;
+}
+
+void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ WINDOW *tmp;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wcursyncup() - called\n"));
+
+ for (tmp = win; tmp && tmp->_parent; tmp = tmp->_parent)
+ wmove(tmp->_parent, tmp->_pary + tmp->_cury, tmp->_parx + tmp->_curx);
+}
+
+void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win)
+{
+ WINDOW *tmp;
+
+ PDC_LOG(("wsyncdown() - called\n"));
+
+ for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent)
+ {
+ if (is_wintouched(tmp))
+ {
+ touchwin(win);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
--
1.7.10.4
More information about the barebox
mailing list